179
CURRICULUM B.TECH. IN INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING 3 rd - 8 th Semester applicable for July 2018 admission onwards APPROVED BY BOARD OF STUDIES (BOS) During meeting on February 18, 2019 Revised Teaching Scheme DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING Dr B R AMBEDKAR NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY, Jalandhar Phone: 0181-2690301, 02 (Ext. 2101, 2104), Fax: 0181-2690932 Website: www.nitj.ac.in

CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    2

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

CURRICULUM

B.TECH. IN INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING

3rd - 8th Semester applicable for July 2018 admission onwards

APPROVED BY

BOARD OF STUDIES (BOS)

During meeting on February 18, 2019

Revised Teaching Scheme

DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING

Dr B R AMBEDKAR NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF

TECHNOLOGY, Jalandhar

Phone: 0181-2690301, 02 (Ext. 2101, 2104), Fax: 0181-2690932 Website:

www.nitj.ac.in

Page 2: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 2 of 179

Total credits from 3rd sem to 8th sem: 133

Total credits from Ist and 2nd sem: 47

Total credits: 180

3rd

SEMESTER

S No Course Code Course Title Periods

Credits L T P

1. IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD 1 0 6 4

2. IPPC-203 Production Planning and Control 3 1 0 4

3. IPPC-205 Applied Thermodynamics 3 1 0 4

4. IPPC-207 Theory of Machines 3 1 0 4

5. IPPC-209 Strength of Materials 3 0 0 3

6. IPPC-211 Manufacturing Technology 3 0 0 3

Laboratories

7. IPPC-213 Applied Thermodynamics Lab 0 0 2 1

8. IPPC-215 Strength of Materials Lab 0 0 2 1

9. IPPC-217 Manufacturing Technology Lab 0 0 2 1

Total 16 3 12 25

IPPC: IPE Programme Core, IPCI: IPE Institute Core,

IPPE: IPE Programme Elective, IPOE: IPE Open Elective

4th

SEMESTER

S No Course Code Course Title Periods Credits

L T P

1. IPCI-201 Managerial Statistics* 3 1 0 4

2. IPPC-202 Mechanical Measurements and Metrology 3 1 0 4

3. IPPC-204 Design of Machine Elements 3 1 0 4

4. IPPC-206 Industrial Automation 3 0 0 3

5. IPPC-208 Machining Science & Machine Tools 3 0 0 3

6. IPPC-210 Material Science & Metallurgy 3 0 0 3

Laboratories

7. IPPC-212 Mechanical Measurements and Metrology

Lab 0 0 2 1

8. IPPC-214 Industrial Automation Lab 0 0 2 1

9. IPPC-216 Machining Science & Machine Tools Lab 0 0 2 1

10. IPPC-218 Materials Science & Metallurgy Lab 0 0 2 1

Total 18 3 8 25

* The course can be offered either Mathematics Department or Industrial & Production

Engineering Department as per availability

Page 3: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 3 of 179

5th SEMESTER

S

No

Course

Code Course Title

Periods Credits

L T P

1. IPPC-301 Theory of Production Processes 3 1 0 4

2. IPPC-303 Work Study and Ergonomics 3 1 0 4

3. IPPC-305 Quality Control & Assurance 3 1 0 4

4. IPPC-307 Computer Integrated Manufacturing &

Robotics 3 0 0 3

5. IPPE-XXX Program Elective-1 3 0 0 3

6. HMCI-202 Entrepreneurship Development Management 3 0 0 3

Laboratories

7. IPPC-309 Work Study and Ergonomics Lab. 0 0 2 1

8. IPPC-311 CIM & Robotics Lab. 0 0 2 1

9. IPPC-313 Mechatronics Lab. 0 0 2 1

10. IPCI-301 Minor Project - Phase I 0 0 2* 0

Total 18 3 8 24

6th

SEMESTER

S No Course

Code Course Title

Periods Credits

L T P

1. IPPC-302 Facilities Planning and Design 3 1 0 4

2. IPPC-304 Operations Research 3 1 0 4

3. IPPC-306 Simulation of Production Systems 3 0 0 3

4. IPPC-308 Non-Conventional Machining 3 0 0 3

5. IPPE-XXX Program Elective-2 3 0 0 3

6. **OE-XXX Open Elective-1 3 0 0 3

Laboratories

7. IPPC-310 Production System’s Lab. 0 0 2 1

8. IPCI-301 Minor Project - Phase II 0 0 2* 2

Total 18 2 4 23

* Minor Project will be allotted in 5th

Semester, will be evaluated after 6th

Semester

Page 4: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 4 of 179

7TH

SEMESTER

S No Course Code

Course Title

Periods Credits

L T P

1. IPPC-401 Materials Management 3 1 0 4

2. IPPC-403 Engineering Economy 3 0 0 3

3. IPPE-XXX Program Elective-3 3 0 0 3

4. **OE-XXX Open Elective-2 3 0 0 3

5. IPPC-405 Industrial Lecture 1 0 0 1

Laboratories

6. IPPC-407 Industrial Practical Training 0 0 0 2

7. IPCI-401 Major Project – Phase I 0 0 4* 0

Total 13 1 4 16

* Industrial Practical Training will be held during summer vacation after sixth semester

8TH

SEMESTER

S No Course Code Course Title Periods

Credits L T P

1. IPPC-402 Project Management 3 1 0 4

2. IPPC-404 Product Design & Value Engg. 3 0 0 3

3. IPPE-XXX Program Elective-4 3 0 0 3

4. IPPE-XXX Program Elective-5 3 0 0 3

5. **OE-XXX Open Elective - 3 3 0 0 3

Laboratories

6. IPCI-401 Major Project – Phase II 0 0 4* 4

Total 15 1 4 20

* Major Project will be allotted in 7th

Semester, will be evaluated after 8th

Semester

** Open elective of other department

List of Program Elective Courses

S No Course Code Course Title L T P C

1. IPPE-431 Occupational Health & Safety 3 0 0 3

2. IPPE-432 Maintenance and Reliability Engineering 3 0 0 3

3. IPPE-433 Supply Chain Management 3 0 0 3

4. IPPE-434 Finite Element Analysis 3 0 0 3

5. IPPE-435 Fracture Mechanics 3 0 0 3

6. IPPE-436 Technology Management 3 0 0 3

7. IPPE-437 Management Information Systems (using RDBMS) 3 0 0 3

8. IPPE-438 Composite Materials 3 0 0 3

Page 5: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 5 of 179

9. IPPE-439 Change Management 3 0 0 3

10. IPPE-440 Smart Materials & Nano Technology 3 0 0 3

11. IPPE-441 Non-Destructive Testing 3 0 0 3

12. IPPE-442 Mechatronics 3 0 0 3

13. IPPE-443 Vibration & Noise Control 3 0 0 3

14. IPPE-444 Design for Manufacturing 3 0 0 3

15. IPPE-445 Welding Engineering 3 0 0 3

16. IPPE-446 Advanced Solid Mechanics 3 0 0 3

17. IPPE-447 Energy Conservation, Audit and Management 3 0 0 3

18. IPPE-448 Industrial Psychology 3 0 0 3

19. IPPE-449 IC Engines and Compressors 3 0 0 3

20. IPPE-450 Stochastic Modelling 3 0 0 3

21. IPPE-451 Engineering Optimization 3 0 0 3

22. IPPE-452 Processing of Non-Metals 3 0 0 3

23. IPPE-453 Micro-Electro Mechanical Systems 3 0 0 3

24. IPPE-454 Human Factors Engineering 3 0 0 3

25. IPPE-455 Surface Coating Technology 3 0 0 3

26. IPPE-456 Total Quality Management 3 0 0 3

27. IPPE-457 Dynamics of Machines 3 0 0 3

28. IPPE-458 Refrigeration and Air Conditioning 3 0 0 3

29. IPPE-459 Power Plant Engineering 3 0 0 3

30. IPPE-460 Environmental Planning and Control 3 0 0 3

31. IPPE-461 Lean, Six-Sigma and Theory of Constraints 3 0 0 3

32. IPPE-462 Electrical and Control Systems 3 0 0 3

33. IPPE-463 Numerical Methods 3 0 0 3

34. IPPE-464 Rapid Prototyping 3 0 0 3

35. IPPE-465 Design and Analysis of Experiments 3 0 0 3

36. IPPE-466 Digital Manufacturing and Design Technology 3 0 0 3

37. IPPE-467 Introduction to MATLAB 3 0 0 3

38. IPPE-468 Introduction to Internet of Things 3 0 0 3

39. IPPE-469 Industry 4.0 3 0 0 3

40. IPPE-470 Introduction to Data Analytics 3 0 0 3

41. IPPE-471 Heat & Mass Transfer 3 0 0 3

42. IPPE-472 Machine Tool Design 3 0 0 3

43. IPPE-473 Marketing Management 3 0 0 3

44. IPPE-474 Fluid mechanics and Machinery 3 0 0 3

45. IPPE-475 Automobile Engineering

Page 6: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 6 of 179

List of Open Elective Courses

Open Elective Courses to be offered by Department of Industrial and Production Engineering

to other departments

S No Course Code Course Title L T P C

1. IPOE-421 Industrial Engineering 3 0 0 3

2. IPOE-422 Operations Research 3 0 0 3

3. IPOE-423 Materials Management 3 0 0 3

4. IPOE-424 Project Management 3 0 0 3

5. IPOE-425 Total Quality Management 3 0 0 3

6. IPOE-426 Supply Chain Management 3 0 0 3

7. IPOE-427 Facilities Planning and Design 3 0 0 3

Department of Industrial and Production Engineering shall offer three Open Elective Courses

(one each in 6th

, 7th

and 8th

semester) out of courses listed from Sr. No. 1 to 7 as above.

List of Minor Elective Courses

Minor Elective Courses to be offered by Department of Industrial and Production Engineering

to other departments for Minor Degree in Industrial Engineering

S No Course Code Course Title L T P C

1. IPMI-201 Production Planning and Control 3 0 0 3

2. IPMI-202 Operations Research 3 0 0 3

3. IPMI-301 Work Study & Ergonomics 3 0 0 3

4. IPMI-302 Quality Management 3 0 0 3

5. IPMI-401 Facilities Planning & Design 3 0 0 3

6. IPMI-402 Supply Chain Management 3 0 0 3

IPMI: IPE Institute Minor

Page 7: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 7 of 179

THIRD SEMESTER

IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4]

Course Objectives

At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine

components so as to make 3D components. An ability to use drafting instruments in a manner

acceptable to industry. To enable the students to draw and understand the assembly of various

machine components.

Course Outcomes

After completing the course students will be able to:

CO 1: Identify the elements of a detailed drawing and prepare Engineering Drawing using

orthographic projections and sectional views.

CO 2: Interpret and generate suggestions about engineering drawings.

CO 3: Prepare the precise machine drawings for manufacture of components.

CO 4: Practice of part drawings for simple machine components to facilitate better product

design

CO 5: Recognize to use modern engineering tools, software and equipment to analyze different

drawings for design & manufacturing.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Section A

Drawing of Components: Review of Principle of orthographic projections, Limits, fits, and

tolerances of size and form; Types and grade, use of tolerance tables and specification of

tolerances, form and cumulative tolerances, tolerance dimensioning, general tolerances; Surface

quality symbols, terminology and representation on drawings, correlation of tolerances and

surface quality with manufacturing techniques. Sectioning and conventional representation.

Detachable Fasteners: Screw threads, approximate and conventional representations;

Specifications; Threaded fasteners: Types, forms, standard, and specifications; Drawing of

temporary connections; Foundation bolts; Locking Devices: Classification, principles of

operation, standard types and their proportions; Shaft Couplings: Common types, standard

proportions for some couplings: Assembly and disassembly of the following Coupling: Pin

type, flexible coupling, cone friction clutch; Pipe Joints, common pipe connections.

Permanent Fastenings: Rivets: Standard forms and proportions; Riveted Joints: Common

types of joints, terminology, proportions and representation; Welds: Types of welds and welded

joints, edge preparation, specifications, and representation of welds on drawings.

Section B

Assembly Drawings: Review of sheet preparation, boundary lines, zones, title block, revision

panel, parts list, numbering of components and associated detail drawings; Assembly drawings

of various machine sub-assemblies and assemblies from detail drawings, sketched and actual

machine components.

Boiler Mountings: Steam stop valve, feed check valve, Rams bottom safety valve, blow off

cock.

Bearings: Swivel bearing, thrust bearing, plumber block

Page 8: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 8 of 179

Section C

Miscellaneous: Screw jack, drill press vice, connecting rod, eccentric, Lathe tailstock.

CAD Practice: use of various application software like AutoCAD, Pro-E Creo etc. for

drawing of the above listed machine components and their assemblies.

NOTE: First angle projection to be used. Drawings should contain bill of materials and should

illustrate surface finish. The syllabus given above indicates the broad outlines and the scope of

the subject to be covered.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Lakshminarayanan, V., and Mathur, M.L., “Text Book of Machine Drawing (with

Computer Graphics)”, 12th Ed., Jain Brothers, 2007.

2. French, T.E., Vierck, C.J., and Foster, R.J., “Engineering Drawing and Graphic

Technology”, 14th Ed., McGraw-Hill, 2003.

3. David L., Goetsch Williams Chaulk John A., Nelson, Technical Drawing (Drafting and

Design) Savee Informatics.

4. Sidheswar, N., “Machine Drawing”, McGraw-Hill, 2006

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. SP 46: 1988 Engineering Drawing Practice for Schools and Colleges, Bureau of Indian

standards.

2. Junnarkar N. D. - ‘Machine Drawing’ - Pearson Education - 2004

3. P. S. Gill - ‘A Textbook of Machine Drawing’ - S. K. Kataria & Sons - 2013 Edition

4. N. D. Bhat, V M Panchal - ‘Machine Drawing’ - Charotar Publication House - 2014

5. R. K. Dhawan - ‘A Textbook of Machine Drawing’ S. Chand - 2nd Revised Edition

ONLINE RESOURSES

1. https://www.machinedesignonline.com

2. Journals/ E-Books etc.

Page 9: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 9 of 179

IPPC- 203 Production Planning and Control [3 1 0 4]

Course Objective

The objective of the course is to enable the students to study basic strategies of production

planning and its controlling methods. It also includes resource planning, shop floor planning

Course Outcomes

After completing the course students will be able to:

CO1: Forecast the appropriate requirement of resources for various production processes and

other shop floor activities.

CO2: Design an appropriate strategy for resource planning through appropriate MRP tool

CO3: Improve the productivity of shop floor through design of appropriate production systems

such as mass production, batch production etc. within existing conditions.

CO4: Apply scientific tools such as MRP, JIT optimizing production systems.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Introduction: Manufacturing function; Elements of production systems; Types of production

systems, objectives and functions of production planning and control, concept of production

and productivity.

Product Design: Identification of product ideas and selection, product development and

design; Product analysis: Marketing aspects, product characteristics, economic analysis,

profitability and competitiveness, production aspects.

Process Design: Systems approach to process planning and design, linkage, distinction

between process planning and facilities planning, types of process design, product mix, process

planning aids.

Forecasting: Concepts and applications, demand forecasting, principle of forecasting;

Forecasting techniques: Quantitative and qualitative

Aggregate Planning: Concept, strategies for aggregate planning: three pure planning

strategies, master production scheduling (MPS), and procedure for developing MPS.

Capacity Planning and Facility Design: Importance of Capacity and Location decisions,

Measuring Capacity, Capacity Strategy, Capacity Planning and Evaluation Methods. Facility

location factors, evaluation of alternatives, Types of plant layout, evaluation, Computer aided

layout, Assembly line balancing

Shop floor planning and control: Phases in production planning and control, operations

planning and scheduling, scheduling techniques for job shop, stages in scheduling, load charts,

Sequencing concept- job machine problems

Lean Production System: Kanban and Pull system, Implementation of JIT Production

Resource Requirements Planning: MRP-I, MRP-II, MRP Computational procedure, issues in

MRP, evaluation of MRP, Introduction to ERP.

Inventory: functions, costs, classifications, deterministic and probabilistic inventory models,

quantity discount; perpetual and periodic inventory control systems.

Page 10: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 10 of 179

TEXT BOOKS

1. Buffa, E.S., and Sarin, R.K., “Modern Production / Operations Management”, John

Wiley & Sons,1994

2. Mukhopadhyaya, S.K., “Production Planning and Control – Text and Cases”, Prentice-

Hall of India,2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Adam, Jr., E.E., and Ebert, R.J., “Production and Operations Management: Concept,

Models and Behavior”, 5th Ed., Prentice-Hall of India, 2001

2. Vollman, T.E., Berry, W.L., and Why bark, D.C., “Manufacturing Planning and Control

Systems” 4th Ed., McGraw-Hill, 1997

3. Sipper, D., and Buffin, R.L., “Production: Planning, Control and Integration”, McGraw-

Hill, 1997

ONLINE RESOURSES

1. nptel.ac.in/courses/112107143/

Page 11: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 11 of 179

IPPC-205 Applied Thermodynamics [3 1 0 4]

Course Objectives

To make the students aware about the theoretical as well as practical concepts of boilers,

turbines and compressors. It helps the students to understand the working and industrial

application of the equipment.

Course Outcomes

CO 1: Students will be able to practice the basic concepts and working cycles for steam

engines.

CO 2: Student will be able to design the blades and impeller for impulse and reaction turbines.

CO 3: Student will be able to identify and make different types of condensers, cooling water

calculations etc.

CO 4: The student will be able to recommend a particular boiler as per the specified

requirement.

CO 5: Student shall be able to analyze single stage and multistage reciprocating air

compressors using appropriate modern scientific tools.

CO 6: Recognize the different types of SI and CI Engines and analyze their combustion

process and performance for optimization of various parameters

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Section A

Steam Generators: Review of steam generation process. Classification, Fire and water tube

boilers, Description of Cochran, Locomotive, Lancashire Babcock and Wilcox boilers and

Sterling Boiler, mountings and accessories: Economizer, super heater etc. Modern high

pressure boilers, Characteristics of high pressure boilers, Advantages of forced circulation,

steam accumulators, boiler performance, equivalent evaporation, boiler efficiency, Boiler Trial.

Vapour Power Cycles and Steam Nozzles: Classification and working of steam engine,

Simple Rankine cycle, methods of improving efficiency: Feed water heating (Bleeding), reheat

cycle, combined reheat and regenerative cycle, Ideal working fluid – Binary vapour cycle,

combined power and heating cycles. Nozzle: Types of nozzles and their utility, Flow of steam

through nozzles, Critical pressure and discharge, Area of throat and exit for maximum

discharge, Effect of friction on Nozzle efficiency, Supersaturated flow.

Section B

Impulse Turbines: Steam turbines, description of components and advantages, Pressure and

velocity compounding, Velocity diagram and work done, Effect of blade friction on velocity

diagram, Stage efficiency and overall efficiency, Reheat factor and condition curve.

Reaction Turbine: Degree of reaction, velocity diagrams, blade efficiency and its derivation;

calculation of blade height, backpressure and extraction turbines and cogeneration; Economic

assessment. Method of attachment of blades to turbine rotor, losses in steam turbines,

Governing of steam turbines, Labyrinth packing.

Condensers: Function, Elements of condensing plant, types of condensers, Dalton’s law of

partial pressure applied to condenser problems, condenser and vacuum efficiencies. Cooling

water calculations. Effect of air leakage, Methods to check and prevent air infiltration.

Description of air pump and calculation of its capacity.

Page 12: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 12 of 179

Section C

Reciprocating Air Compressors: Use of compressed air in industry. Classification of air

compressors, Operation of single stage reciprocating compressors, Work input and the best

value of index of compression. Isothermal and polytrophic efficiency. Effect of clearance and

volumetric efficiency, adiabatic, isothermal and mechanical efficiencies, multistage

compression and its advantages. Optimal multi-staging, work input in multistage compression,

Reciprocating air motors.

Gas Power cycles and I. C. Engines: Gas power cycles, Classification, Construction and

working of 2 and 4- stroke SI and CI engines and their valve timing diagram, Combustion

process in SI and CI engines, Performance of engines.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Rogers and Mayhew, “Engineering Thermodynamics”, Pearson Education New Delhi

(1980).

2. Keartan W J, “Steam Turbine Theory”, ELBS Series, London (1958).

3. Joel R, “Basic Engineering Thermodynamics”, Addison Wesley Longman, New Delhi

(1999).

4. Kostyuk A and Fralov V, “Steam and Gas Turbines”, Mir Publishers, Moscow (1988).

5. Lee J F, “Theory and Design of Steam and Gas Turbines”, McGraw Hill, New York

(1954).

6. V. Ganeshan, “Internal Combustion Engines”, 4th Edition, McGraw Hill Education

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Yunus A. Cengel, Michael A. Boles, “Thermodynamics: An Engineering Approach”, 8

Edition McGraw Hill Higher Ed. Pvt. Ltd

ONLINE RESOURSES

1. Applied Thermodynamics for Marine Systems Prof. P. K. Das Department of

Mechanical Engineering Indian Institute of Technology, Kharagpur,

2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/114105029/

3. Steam and Gas Power Systems Prof. Ravi Kumar Department of Mechanical and

Industrial Engineering Indian Institute of Technology – Roorkee,

4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112107216/

Page 13: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 13 of 179

IPPC-207 Theory of Machines [3 1 0 4]

Course Outcomes

After completing the course, students will be able to:

CO1: Determine velocities & accelerations of various planar mechanisms.

CO2: Establish static force relationships, inertia forces, and their effect that exist in machines.

CO3: Analyse the dynamics of flywheel and their motion.

CO4: Analyse the process of rotating masses under critical speeds with respect to machine

dynamics.

CO5: Understand and analyze the working of cam and follower; belt, ropes and chains, and

gears & gear trains.

CO6: Understand of governors to determine the supply of working fluid to the engine with the

varying load conditions.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Section A

Analysis of planar mechanisms: Kinematics of machine, Kinematic link and their different

types, types of kinematic pair, kinematic chain, mechanism and inversions of four bar chain

and slider crank mechanism. Degree of freedom, synthesis of linkages – number synthesis,

Grashof’s criterion and introduction to dimensional synthesis.

Cams and Follower: Types of cams and followers, cam terminology, types of motion of the

follower, analysis of motion of the follower, analysis of motion of the follower for cams with

specified contour

Section B

Governors: Different types of centrifugal and inertia governors: hunting, isochronism,

stability, effort and power of governor, controlling force

Flywheel: Flywheel basics, Coefficient of Fluctuation of Speed, Energy Stored in a Flywheel,

Dimensions of the Flywheel Rim, Flywheel in Punching Press.

Section C

Brakes and Clutches: Types of brakes, principle and function of various types of brakes,

problems to determine braking capacity, Introduction to Clutch and its different types, Principle

of Friction Clutch, Clutch Lining and friction materials used in Friction Clutches, Torque

transmitted

Gear Trains: Definition of simple, compound, reverted and epicyclical gear trains, velocity

ratio of epicyclical gear trains.

Page 14: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 14 of 179

TEXT BOOKS

1. Ratan SS, “Theory of Machines”, 1st Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi (1993).

2. Rao JS and Dukkipati RV, “Mechanism and Machine Theory”, 2nd Edition, New Age

International (P) Limited, Delhi (1992).

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Bevan T, “The Theory of Machines”, 3rd Edition CBS Publishers and Distributors

(2002).

2. Shigley JE and Vickar JJ, “Theory of Machines and Mechanism”, 2nd Edition, McGraw

Hill, New Delhi (1995).

3. Wilson C and Sadler J, “Kinematics and Dynamics of Machine”, 3rd Edition, Prentice

Hall (2002)

ONLINE RESOURSES

1. Kinematics and dynamics of machines, NPTEL course, Prof. Ashok K Malik,

Department of Mechanical Engineering IIT Kanpur,

http:// http://nptel.ac.in/syllabus/11210412/

2. http://cae.highvec.net/files/4_Tutorials/Adams_car_tutorials/Book_Adams-Tutorial-

w.pdf

Page 15: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 15 of 179

IPPC- 209 Strength of Materials [3 0 0 3]

Course Objective

The basic objective of this course deals with the study of behaviour of solid objects under

various types of loading conditions. It aims to study methods to calculate the stresses and

strains in structural members, such as beams, columns, and shafts bars, etc.

Course Outcomes

After completing the course students will be able to:

CO 1: Students shall able to apply the fundamental concepts of stress, strain and their analysis.

CO 2: Students shall able to analyse the response of material under various loading conditions

like axial, transverse, torsional and their combination in real life problems.

CO 3: Students shall be able to identify different yield theories involved in the failure of

materials which take into account various mechanical properties of material such as its yield

strength, ultimate strength, Young's modulus, and Poisson's ratio for improvement in system

performance.

CO 4: Students shall be able to calculate stresses in members like springs, beams, shafts etc.

CO 5: Students shall be able to apply various scientific tools to implement the concepts of

stresses and strain in thick and thin pressure vessels.

CO 6: Students shall able to use various methods to calculate the deflection in beams.

CO 7: Students shall able to identify the conditions of stability of structures like columns and

struts.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Simple and Compound Stresses and Strains: Stress Concentration, Concept of stress and

strain: St. Venant’s principle of stress and strain diagram, Hooke’s law, Young’s modulus,

Poisson ratio, stress at a point, stresses and strains in bars subjected to axial loading, Modulus

of elasticity, stress produced in compound bars subjected to axial loading, Temperature stress

and strain calculations due to applications of axial loads and variation of temperature in single

and compound walls.

Two dimensional system, stress at a point on a plane, principal stresses and principal planes,

Mohr’s circle of stress, ellipse of stress and their applications, Two dimensional stress-strain

system, principal strains and principal axis of strain, circle of strain and ellipse of strain,

Relationship between elastic constants.

Bending Moment and Shear Force Diagrams: Definition shear force and bending moment,

relation between load, shear force and bending moment, BM and SF diagrams for cantilevers,

Simply supported and fixed beams with or without overhangs, calculation of maximum BM

and SF and the point of contra flexure under Concentrated loads, Uniformity distributed loads

over the whole span or part of span, combination of concentrated loads (two or three) and

uniformly distributed loads, uniformly varying loads, application of moments.

Bending of Beams: Symmetric member in pure bending, stress and deformations in the elastic

range, deformations in transverse cross section, bending of members made of several materials,

stress concentrations, plastic deformations, residual stresses, eccentric axial loading in a plane

of symmetry, unsymmetrical bending, general case of eccentric axial loading, bending of

curved members, deflection of beams

Page 16: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 16 of 179

Torsion: Stresses and deformation in circular shaft, Stresses in elastic range, Angle of twist,

statically indeterminate shafts, design of transmission shafts, stress concentration and plastic

deformations in circular shafts, circular shafts of an elastoplastic material, residual stresses in

circular shafts, torsion of noncircular member, thin walled hollow shafts

Strain Energy: Definitions, expressions for strain energy stored in a body when load is

applied: gradually, suddenly and with impact, strain energy of beams in bending, beam

deflections, strain energy of shafts in twisting, energy methods in determining spring

deflection, Castigliano’s & Maxwell’s theorems

Columns and Struts: Column under axial load, concept of instability and buckling,

slenderness ratio, derivation of Euler’s formulae for the elastic buckling load, Euler’s, Rankine,

Gordom’s formulae Johnson’s empirical formula for axial loading columns and their

applications, eccentric compression of a short strut of rectangular & circular sections

TEXT BOOKS

1. Beer P F and Johnston (Jr) E R, “Mechanics of Materials”, SI Version, Tata McGraw

Hill, India.

2. Riley William F. Sturgis Leroy D. and Morris Don H.,”Mechanics of Materials”, Wiley

Publishers India.

3. Popov E P, “Engineering Mechanics of Solids”, SI Version 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall

of India, New Delhi.

4. Timoshenko S P and Young D H, “Elements of Strength of Materials”, 5th Edition, East

West Press, New Delhi.

Page 17: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 17 of 179

IPPC-211 Manufacturing Technology [3 0 0 3]

Course Objective

The main objective of this course is to emphasize the importance manufacturing sciences in the

day-to-day life, and to study the basic manufacturing processes and tools used. The course is

delineated particularly to understand the conventional manufacturing processes like casting and

welding.

Course Outcomes

After completing the course students will be able to:

CO1: The student will develop capability of selecting suitable manufacturing processes to

manufacture the products optimally.

CO2: The student will be able to recommend the appropriate design of gating systems required

in casting.

CO3: The student will be able to understand the working of different foundary melting furnaces

and to know the recent developments casting technology.

CO4: The Students will be able to know the different types of welding processes and shall be

able to understand the advancements in welding techniques and bottlenecks encountered.

CO5: The students will be able to understand the different NDT methods for the testing of

weldments.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Section A

Introduction: Classification of different manufacturing processes, application areas and

limitations, selection of a manufacturing process.

Casting: Steps involved in casting, advantages, limitations and applications of casting process.

Pattern types, allowances for pattern, pattern, materials color coding and storing of patterns.

Moulding methods: Moulding methods and processes-materials, equipment, moulding sand

ingredients, essential requirements, sand preparation and control, testing, cores and core

making.

Design considerations in casting, gating and Risering, directional solidification in castings.

Sand castings-pressure die casting-permanent mould casting-centrifugal casting-precision

investment casting, shell moulding, CO2 moulding, squeeze casting-electro slag casting.

Fettling and finishing, defects in Castings.

Section B

Foundry melting furnaces: Selection of furnace-crucibles oil fired furnaces, electric furnaces

cupola, calculation of cupola charges, hot blast, cupola-Degasifications, inoculation-pouring

equipment, Inspection of castings. Need-Areas for mechanization-Typical layout-sand

reclamation techniques-material handling, pollution control in Foundry, Computers in casting

process.

Advanced Casting Processes

Metal mould casting, Continuous casting, Squeeze casting, Vacuum mould casting,

Evaporative pattern casting, Ceramic shell casting (Introductory)

Page 18: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 18 of 179

Section C

Welding: Types of welding-gas welding-arc welding-shielded metal arc welding, TAW,

GMAW, SAW, ESW-Resistance welding (spot, seam, projection, percussion, flash types)-

atomic hydrogen arc welding-thermit welding soldering, brazing and braze welding. Welding

symbols-Positions of welding-joint and groove design-weld stress-calculations-design of weld

size estimation of weld dilution, heat input, preheat, and post heat temperature-computer

applications in weld design, dissimilar metal. Gas welding equipments-welding power sources

and characteristics safety aspects in welding-automation of welding, seam tracking, vision and

arc sensing-welding robots. Defects in welding-causes and remedies-destructive testing

methods

Advanced Welding Processes

Plasma arc welding, stud welding, friction welding, explosive welding, underwater welding,

roll bonding, diffusion bonding, cold welding, welding of plastics Details of electron beam

welding (EBW), laser beam welding (LBW), ultrasonic welding (USW) (Introductory)

Section D

Non Destructive Testing of weldments: Testing of pipe, plate, boiler, drum, tank-case studies

weld thermal cycle-residual stresses-distortion-relieving of stresses, weldability of cast iron,

steel, stainless steel, aluminium alloys-effect of gases in welding-fatigue failure in weldments.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Rao P.N., “Manufacturing Technology”, (Vol. 2), Tata McGraw-Hill, 1998.

2. Advanced Machining Processes” V.K. Jain, Allied Publishers Pvt. Ltd

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Lindberg R.A., “Processes and Materials of Manufacture”, Prentice-Hall of India, 1990.

2. Groover M.P., “Fundamentals of Modern Manufacturing”, John Wiley & Sons 2002.

3. Kalpakjian S., and Schmid S.R., “Manufacturing Engineering and Technology”,

Pearson Education, 2000.

4. DeGarmo E.P., Black J.T., and Kohser R.A., “Materials and Processes in

Manufacturing”, Prentice-Hall of India, 1997.

Page 19: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 19 of 179

IPPC-213 Applied Thermodynamics Laboratory [0 0 2 1]

Course Objectives

To understand the working and calculation of various parameters of 4-stroke petrol engine,

single cylinder speed diesel engine, two stage Air Compressor. To understand the vapour

compression cycle and determine the thermal conductivity of a solid insulating material. To

calculate the various performance parameters of boiler and heat exchanger.

Course Outcomes

CO1. Student shall be able to Conduct a load test on a single cylinder, 4-stroke petrol and

diesel engine and study its performance under various –loads using various engineering

methods.

CO2. Student shall be able to Find the volumetric efficiency and isothermal efficiency of two

stages Air Compressor using acquired engineering knowledge.

CO3. Student shall be able to find vapour compression refrigeration test rig and design way to

improve its performance.

CO4. Student shall be able determine the thermal conductivity of a solid insulating material

and select the best insulating material.

CO5. Student shall be able to select the parallel flow and counter flow heat exchanger as per

requirement using advanced analysis.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. To conduct a load test on a single cylinder, 4-stroke petrol engine and study its

performance under various loads.

2. To conduct a load test on single cylinder speed diesel engine and to study its

performance under various loads.

3. To conduct a performance test on single cylinder high-speed diesel engine and to study

its performance under different loads.

4. To conduct the experiment on two stage Air Compressor and to find out its volumetric

efficiency and isothermal efficiency.

5. To conduct Morse Test on 3-cylinder, 4-stroke petrol engine.

6. To conduct a load test on a 4-cylinder, 4-stroke, diesel engine and to study its

performance under different loads.

7. To find the coefficient of performance of vapour compression refrigeration test rig

using capillary tube as an expansion valve.

8. To find the coefficient of performance of vapour compression refrigeration test rig

using thermostatic expansion valve.

9. To determine the thermal conductivity of a solid insulating material by slab method.

10. To study the parallel flow and counter flow heat exchanger.

11. To study the working and the construction of different types of fire tube and water tube

boilers.

12. To study the various components of a thermal power plant namely turbines, condensers

and nozzles. (Industrial visit).

Page 20: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 20 of 179

TEXT BOOKS

1. Rogers and Mayhew, “Engineering Thermodynamics”, Pearson Education New Delhi

(1980).

2. Joel R, “Basic Engineering Thermodynamics”, Addison Wesley Longman, New Delhi

(1999).

3. V. Ganeshan, “Internal Combustion Engines”, 4th Edition, McGraw Hill Education

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Yunus A. Cengel, Michael A. Boles, “Thermodynamics: An Engineering Approach”, 8

Edition McGraw Hill Higher Ed. Pvt. Ltd

ONLINE RESOURSES

1. Applied Thermodynamics for Marine Systems Prof. P. K. Das Department of

Mechanical Engineering Indian Institute of Technology, Kharagpur,

https://nptel.ac.in/courses/114105029/

2. Steam and Gas Power Systems Prof. Ravi Kumar Department of Mechanical and

Industrial Engineering Indian Institute of Technology – Roorkee,

https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112107216/

Page 21: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 21 of 179

IPPC- 215 Strength of Materials Laboratory [0 0 2 1]

Course Objective

These objectives are formulated to demonstrate the basic principles in the area of strength and

mechanics of materials to the undergraduate students through a series of experiments. The CO is

given below:

1. Analyze and design structural members subjected to tension, compression, torsion, bending

and combined stresses using the fundamental concepts of stress, strain and elastic behavior of

materials.

2. Students test steel and aluminium samples in single shear, double shear and impact loading

and determining the hardness of material by different methods like Rockwell, Vicker’s, and

tests like Izod and Charpy

3. Utilize appropriate materials in design considering engineering properties, sustainability, cost

and weight.

Perform engineering work in accordance with ethical and economic constraints related to the

design of structures and machine parts.

Course Outcomes

After completing the course, students will be able to:

CO1. Students will be able to determine various mechanical properties of material like Young’s

modulus, tensile strength and percentage elongation for steel, aluminium, brass and cast iron

specimens on universal testing machine and shall be able to plot the stress strain diagram.

CO2. Students will be able to perform the compression test for cast iron specimen on universal

testing machine.

CO3.Students will be able to measure the total energy absorbed during sudden loading of the

ductile specimen on Charpy and Izod setup. So as to recommend the material for various

applications.

CO4.Students will be able to determine the stiffness of the cantilever beam and Spring under

compressive and tensile loading and analyze the loading patterns.

CO5.Students will be able to plot and study the S-N curve for steel, aluminium and fibre

reinforced composite material at 25%, 50%, 60% and 75% of ultimate tensile strength of the

specimen.

CO6.Students will be able to determine the deflection for mild steel specimen and verify the

beam formula for specimen in bending.

CO7.Students will be able determine Brinell hardness and Rockwell hardness on various

specimen and recommend the appropriate material for various application.

CO8. Students will be able to analyse the behaviour of steel and aluminium specimen under

torsion.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

1. Determination of Young’s modulus, tensile strength and percentage elongation for steel,

aluminum, brass and cast iron specimens on UTM.

2. To perform the compression test for cast iron specimen on UTM.

3. To perform the shear test on UTM

4. To investigate the stress concentration factor for specimens with different radius and

type of edge notches using Photo elasticity

Page 22: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 22 of 179

5. To determine deflection of beam for a steel Cantilever beam with flat bar cross section,

instrumented with 3 strain gages.

6. To determine the deflection for mild steel specimen and verify the beam formula for

specimen in bending.

7. 7. To perform torsion test and determine the modulus of rigidity, the shear stress at the

limit of proportionality, general characteristics of the torque, angle of twist relationship

8. To determine compound stress and strain in a thin pressure vessel

9. To verify Maxwell’s Reciprocal Theorem for strain energy.

10. To measure the total energy absorbed in fracturing of the ductile specimen on Charpy

and Izod setup.

11. Testing of specimens for Brinell hardness and Rockwell hardness.

12. Finite element analysis of cast iron and mild steel to determine mechanical properties of

material.

13. Finite element analysis of Pressure Vessel to determine the Hoop stress and longitudinal

stress

14. Finite Element Analysis of failure of ductile materials in case of torsion

TEXT BOOKS

1. Beer P F and Johnston (Jr) E R, “Mechanics of Materials”, SI Version, Tata McGraw

Hill, India.

2. Riley William F. Sturges Leroy D. and Morris Don H.,”Mechanics of Materials”, Wiley

Publishers India.

3. Popov E P, “Engineering Mechanics of Solids”, SI Version 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall

of India, New Delhi.

4. Timoshenko S P and Young D H, “Elements of Strength of Materials”, 5th Edition, East

West Press, New Delhi.

Page 23: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 23 of 179

IPPC-217 Manufacturing Technology Laboratory [0 0 2 1 ]

Course Objectives

The objective of this Lab Course is to provide practical hands on experience to the students for

various basic manufacturing processes, their tools and techniques for casting and welding etc. so

as to prepare them for using basic hand on experience for producing components in the

workshop.

Course Outcomes:

CO1: The student shall be able to understand the cast engineering components by sand mold

casting.

CO2: The student shall be able to understand the stir casting process

CO3: The student shall be able to evaluate accuracy of submerged arc, tungsten inert gas (TIG)

and metal inert gas (MIG) in butt joint and select appropriate parameters for improvement of

weld quality

CO4: The student shall be able to identify various defects and shortcomings during gas welding

operation, TIG and MIG welding Jobs to eliminate the defects in real life situations.

CO5: The student shall be able to understand NDT techniques to study the defects of Casted

and Welded Specimens

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: 1. To prepare the pattern and core.

2. To prepare a green sand mold and cast few engineering components.

3. To prepare the metal matrix composite by stir casting.

4. To fabricate the butt joint in the given sample using tungsten inert gas welding and studying the

parametric effect on the weld quality.

5. To fabricate the butt joint in the given sample using metal inert gas welding process and

studying the parametric effect on the weld quality.

6. To fabricate the butt joint in the given sample using submerged arc welding process and

studying the parametric effect on the weld quality.

7. To study the mechanical properties of casted and welded specimens.

8. To study the metallurgical properties of casted and welded specimens.

9. Dye penetration testing, to study the defects of Casted and Welded Specimens

10. Ultrasonic flaw detection and Magnetic crack detection to study the defects of Casted and

Welded Specimens

TEXT BOOKS

1. Rao,P.N., “Manufacturing Technology”, (Vol. 2), Tata McGraw-Hill 1998

2. R. S. Parmar.,” Welding Engineering and Technology” (Vol.2), Khanna Publishers,

2010

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Lindberg, R.A., “Processes and Materials of Manufacture”, Prentice-Hall of India 1990.

2. Groover, M.P., “Fundamentals of Modern Manufacturing”, John Wiley & Sons 2002.

3. Kalpakjian, S., and Schmid, S.R., “Manufacturing Engineering and Technology”,

Pearson Education 2000.

4. DeGarmo, E. P., Black, J.T., and Kohser, R.A., “Materials and Processes in

Manufacturing”, Prentice-Hall of India 1997.

ONLINE RESOURSES

1. https://iitbmechdamp.wordpress.com/me-206-manufacturing-processes-1

Page 24: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 24 of 179

FOURTH SEMESTER

IPCI-201 Managerial Statistics [3 1 0 4]

Course Objective

To train the students about various tools and techniques of data analysis so that they can apply

the same for analysis of real life data encountered in their jobs.

Course Outcomes

After completing the course students will be able to

CO1. Student shall be able to demonstrate the capability of data collection and analysis for

performance analysis.

CO2. Student shall be able to calculate central tendency and dispersion from the data.

CO3. Student shall be able to various theoretical probability distributions and apply the same in

real life situations.

CO4. Student shall be able to perform correlation and regression analysis, to establish the

relation between dependent and independent variables.\

CO5. Student shall be able to the method to apply advance statistical tests like chi-square test, F-

test, T-test etc. and use them to find the significance of variance.

CO6 Student shall be able to estimate the values of population parameters from sample

statistics.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Section A

Concept of statistics, collection and representation of data, frequency distribution, graphical

representation of data, measure of central tendency and dispersion, coefficient of dispersion,

moments, factorial moments, skewness and kurtosis.

Different approaches to probability, addition and multiplication theorem of probability,

Conditional probability, Bayes theorem and applications. Random variables – discrete and

continuous, distribution function, probability mass function, probability density function, two

dimensional random variables, mathematical expectation, expectation of discrete and

continuous random variables, properties of expectation, conditional expectation. Discrete and

Continuous Probability Distributions: Binomial, Poisson, Normal, Exponential.

Section B

Correlation analysis, Regression analysis, Curve fitting using least square method.

Estimation Theory: Sampling and sampling distribution, Pont and interval; estimation, Tests

of significance, One tail and two tails test, standard error, sampling of attributes, test of number

and proportion of successs, difference of two proportions, sampling of variables, Large sample

test for single mean, difference between two means and standard deviation, small sample

tersts:- students t-test for single mean, difference between two means, F-test. for ality of

varience.

Page 25: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 25 of 179

Section C

Chi-square Test: use of chi-square test for determining Goodness of Fit and independence of

attributes

Analysis of Varience : Technique of Analysis of Varience (ANOVA), one way classification,

two way classification with and without interaction.

Design of Experiments: - Preliminaries, Principles of experimental design, fixed, Random and

mixed effect models, Completely Randomized Design, Randomized block design, Latin square

design.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Levin & Rubin, “Statistics for Management” 7th Edition, Pearson Education Singapore.

2. Sukhminder Singh, M.L. Bansal “Statistical methods for research workers” Kalyani

Publishers

3. Bhattacharya G.K. and Johnson R.A.: Statistical Concepts and Methods, John Wiley,

New Delhi,2002.

4. Hogg R. V. And Elliot A.T,” Probability and Statistical Inference”, Pearson Education,

6th Edition.

5. Hogg R V, Craig A T ,”Introduction to Mathematical Statistics”, Sixth Edition, Pearson

Education, Delhi

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Walpole & Mayers, “Probability & Statistics” 8th Ed. Pearson Education, New Delhi.

ONLINE RESOURSES

NOC: Probability and Statistics, Prof. Somesh Kumar, Department of Mathematics, IIT

Kharagpur https://nptel.ac.in/courses/111105090

https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112107209/

Page 26: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 26 of 179

IPPC- 202 Mechanical Measurements and Metrology [3 1 0 4]

Course Objectives

At the end of the course the students should be able to apply the standard measurement

techniques to inspect and test engineering products. The students be able to test and evaluate

various components using various measurement systems.

Course Outcomes

After completing the course students will be able to:

CO 1: Selecting suitable mechanical measuring instruments for basic and special requirement in

the industries.

CO 2: Calibrating and apply various instruments for measurements.

CO 3: Determine error and analyzing uncertainty in the measurements.

CO 4: Designing the fits and tolerances to improve the existing performance.

CO 5: Develop data for engineering analysis.

CO 6: Apply quality control tools to achieve defects free quality products.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Basics of Measurements: Introduction, General measurement system, Signal flow diagram of

measurement system, Inputs and their methods of correction

Presentation of experimental data: Errors in measurement, Propagation of errors, Uncertainty

analysis, Regression analysis.

Pressure measurement: Different pressure measurement instruments and their comparison,

Transient response of pressure transducers

Thermometry: Overview of thermometry, thermoelectric temperature measurement,

Resistance thermometry, Pyrometer, Other methods, issues in measurements.

Flow Measurement: Flow obstruction methods, Magnetic flow meters, Interferometer, LDA,

Other methods.

Thermal and transport property measurement: Measurement of thermal conductivity,

diffusivity, viscosity, humidity, gas composition, etc.

Nuclear, thermal radiation measurement: Measurement of reflectivity, transmissivity,

emissivity, nuclear radiation, neutron detection, etc.

Other measurements: Basics in measurement of torque, force, strain

Advanced topics: Issues in measuring thermos-physical properties of micro and Nano fluidics

Design of Experiments: Basic ideas of designing experiments, Experimental design protocols

with some examples and DAS

TEXT BOOKS

1. Doeblin, E.O., “Measurement Systems: Application and Design”, 5th Ed., McGraw-

Hill, 2004.

2. Beckwith, T.G., Marangoni, R.D., and Lienhard, J.H., “Mechanical Measurement”, 5th

Ed., Addison-Wesley, 1995.

Page 27: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 27 of 179

3. Jain R K, "Engineering Metrology", Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2003.

4. Experimental Methods for Engineers, J P Holman, Tata McGraw Hill publications,

2007.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Figiliola, R.S., “Theory and Design for Mechanical Measurement”, 4th Ed., John Wiley

& Sons, 2005.

2. Dally, J.W., Rilley, W.F., and McConnell, K.G., “Instrumentation for Engineering

Measurements”, 2nd Ed., John Wiley & Sons, 2003.

ONLINE RESOURSES

1. Mechanical Measurements and Metrology, NPTEL course, Dr S P Venkateshan

Department of Mechanical Engineering, IIT Madras, http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112106138/

Page 28: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 28 of 179

IPPC- 204 Design of Machine Elements [3 1 0 4]

Course Outcomes

After completing the course students will be able to:

CO 1: Apply his/her knowledge for design of various mechanical components and mechanisms.

CO 2: Apply the concepts of theory of failure, factor of safety, types of various loading

conditions in objects with simple shapes.

CO 3: Improve the performance of various components like spring, shaft, bearing etc. for

various power transmission drives.

CO 4: Identify the shortcomings of existing systems and redesign the same through appropriate

design technique within realistic limits and constraints.

CO 5: Optimize the design of machines and their components.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Section A

Introduction: Basic requirements for machine elements, design procedure, Classification and

properties of materials, material cods

Theories of failure: Static theories of failure, Factor of safety. Fatigue failure theories:

Fluctuating stresses, Fatigue failure, Strain and stress life, Endurance limit, Fatigue strength,

Modified Goodman diagram, Gerber Line, Soderberg line

Section B

Joints: Strength of welded joint, design of welded joint for static loads, riveted joint, failure

modes of riveted joints, efficiency of riveted joint, design of cotter and knuckle joint, designing

the cotter and gib

Keys and Couplings: Keys, types of keys, couplings, rigid and pin type flexible coupling

design.

Brakes & Clutches: Materials for friction surface, uniform pressure and uniform wear

theories, Design of friction clutches: Disk , plate clutches, cone & centrifugal clutches. Design

of brakes: Rope, band & block brake, Internal expending brakes, Disk brakes.

Section C

Mechanical Springs

Helical springs, Stresses and deflection, Design principles, Leaf springs, Stresses, Design

principles

Shafts Static loading: stresses, Design principle, Fatigue loading, Design principle for fatigue loading

Bearings: Sliding bearings, hydrodynamic lubrication, hydrostatics bearing, and journal

bearing design. Rolling contract bearing, ball bearing, roller bearing selection procedure under

simple loading conditions.

Gear drive: Gear nomenclature, materials, types of gear tooth failures, design consideration of

straight spur gears, helical spur gears, double helical gears

Page 29: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 29 of 179

TEXT BOOKS

1. Robert L Norton, Machine Design, Pearson, 2nd Edition, 2013

2. Bhandari, “Design of Machine Elements”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2001

3. Shigley, J.E., Charles, R.M. and Richard, G.B., Mechanical Engineering Design, 7 th

ed., McGraw-Hill, 2004.

4. Design of Machine Elements by M.F.Spotts, Prentice Hall.

ONLINE RESOURSES

1. Design of Machine Elements I, NPTEL course, Prof. S.K. Roychowdhury, Prof. B.

Maiti, Prof. G. Chakraborty, IIT Kharagpur. http://nptel.ac.in/syllabus/112105124/

2. http://cae.highvec.net/files/4_Tutorials/Adams_car_tutorials/Book_Adams-Tutorial-

w.pdf

Page 30: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 30 of 179

IPPC-206 Industrial Automation [3 0 0 3]

Course Objective

This course provides theoretical and practical aspects of implementing hydraulic and pneumatics

solution for automation in industry. This course offers learning of pneumatics/ hydraulics

systems and electrical controls.

Course Outcomes

After completing the course students will be able to

CO1: Develop of hydraulic circuit with basic design and analysis

CO2: Provide Electro-hydraulics and Hybrid Hydro-Mechanical solutions for industrial

problems

CO3: Develop Pneumatic Circuits & Systems

CO4: Use Fluid Logic for implementing industrial automation solution

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Introduction to Hydraulic and Pneumatic Systems: Basic Components, symbols & circuits

Incompressible Fluids: Some Fundamental Properties, Incompressible Fluid Flow Related to

Fluid Drive, Capillary Fluid (Incompressible) Flow & Hydrodynamic Lubrication

Basis for Calculating Hydraulic Systems: Different type of valves- features and operations,

Hydraulic Circuits & Valves, Hydraulics Servomechanism & Servo and Proportional Control

Valves, Basic Spool Valve Design Analysis, General Control Valve Analysis, Critical Centre

Spool Valve Analysis, Critical Centre Spool Valve Analysis – Stroking force, Proportional

Solenoid Pilot Operated Two Stage Pressure Relief Valve

Introduction to Positive Displacement Hydrostatic Units: Hydraulic Pumps & Motors,

Basic features of some Hydraulic pumps and Motors, Analysis of an Axial-Piston Swash-Plate

type Hydrostatic Pump (Discharge Flow Characteristics), Analysis of an Axial-Piston Swash-

Plate type Hydrostatic Pump (Estimations of Torque on Driving Shaft and Swash Plate),

Analysis of an Axial-Piston Swash-Plate type Hydrostatic Pump (Pressure ripple & Swash

Plate Torque)

Design Analysis of Gear Pumps: Basic Concept of Hydo-Static Transmission (HST) Systems,

Selection of HST Units and Components, Regenerative Circuits

Introduction to Fluid Logic: Basic Devices, Symbols and Circuits, Logic Circuits

Design Analysis of ORBIT Motor: Basic Design & Feature, Geometric volume,

Displacement. Design Analysis of an LSHT motor Output Torque & Deformation, Gap &

Stresses at Contacts

Application and Selection of Accumulators: Hydraulic Circuits in Industrial Applications

Air Preparation: Compressors & accessories

Pneumatic Circuits Analysis of Three- Way (Spool and Flapper Nozzle) Valves Flow Force

Compensation and Spool Design (Elector-hydraulic Valves)

Page 31: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 31 of 179

TEXT BOOKS

1. Esposito A., “Fluid Power with Applications”, Pearson, 2002.

2. Mujumdar S. R.,” Oil Hydraulic Systems”, Tata McGraw Hill 2000

3. Mujumdar S. R., “Pneumatic systems-principles and Maintenance”, TataMc Graw Hill,

2000.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Pneumatic and Hydraulic Systems, W Bolton, Butterworth-Heinemann Ltd, 1997

ONLINE RESOURSES

1. Fundamentals of Industrial Oil Hydraulics and Pneumatics, NPTEL course, Prof. R.N.

Maiti Department of Mechanical Engineering IIT Kharagpur,

http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112105047/

2. Fundamentals of Fluid Power, James D. Van De Ven, Will Durfee, University of

Minnesota, https://www.coursera.org/learn/fluid-power

Page 32: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 32 of 179

IPPC - 208 Machining Science & Machine Tools [3 0 0 3]

Course Objective

The course has been designed with the objectives of making the students understand theory of

machining, its fundamentals, metal cutting, machining parameters, machine tools and various

other essential machining operations. This learning of said contents will further make the

students to select and identify the appropriate machine tool to solve the real life engineering

situations.

Course Outcomes

CO 1: CO1: The student will be able to apply the fundamental principles of metal cutting

processes and machine tools.

CO 2: The student will be able to improve the performance of manufacturing processes by

selecting /optimizing various machining parameters.

CO 3: The student will be able to identify and solve real life problems for developing

appropriate processes related with machine tool.

CO 4: The student shall have sufficient knowledge for applying modern scientific tools and able

to understand the latest technologies in metal cutting.

CO 5: The student will be able to guide the team of skilled and semi-skilled workers on the shop

floor for effectively maintaining the machine.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Theory of Machining: Concept of generatrix and directrix; Classification of machining

processes: Orthogonal and oblique machining, single point and multi-point machining; Chip

formation: Mechanism, chip types, chip control; Tool geometry: Single point cutting tool

geometry, specifications in different standards, selection of tool angles.

Mechanics of single point orthogonal machining: Merchant’s circle, force, velocity, shear

angle, and power consumption relations; Cutting tool wear and tool life: Wear mechanisms,

wear criterion, Taylor’s tool life equation, facing test, variables affecting tool life;

Machinability and its measures, economics of machining.

Turning operations: Introduction, constructional features of a center lathe, cutting tools,

different operations performed on a center lathe, taper turning methods, thread cutting methods,

special attachments, machining time estimation.

Hole making processes: Introduction, drilling, types of drilling machines, reaming, boring,

tapping, other hole making operations, machining time estimation.

Milling process: Introduction, types of milling machines, milling cutters, milling operations,

dividing head, indexing. machining time estimation, Abrasive processes: Introduction, grinding

wheel designation and selection, grinding process, grinding process parameters.

Finishing and Super Finishing Processes: Principles and applications of honing, super

finishing, lapping, polishing, buffing, peening, and burnishing.

Reciprocating machine tools: Shaper and planer, quick return mechanism.

Other machine tools: Broaching, Introduction to NC, DNC and CNC machines.

Page 33: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 33 of 179

Press operations: Types of power presses, press selection, cutting action in punch and die

operations, die clearance, cutting forces, methods of reducing cutting forces, bending dies,

drawing dies.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Lal, G.K., “Introduction to Machining Science”, New Age International Publishers.

2. Ghosh, A., and Mallik, A.K., “Manufacturing Science”, Affiliated East-West Press.

3. Lindberg Roy A, “Processes and materials of manufacture”, Fourth edition PHI, 1990.

4. Ostwald Phillip F, “Manufacturing processes and systems”, John Wiley and Sons, ninth

edition (1998).

5. Gerling, “All About Machine Tools”, New Age International (P) Limited, sixteenth

edition, 2000.

6. Chapman W A J, “Workshop Technology”, Part1, 2,3, CBS Publishers and

distributors.,2000.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Rao P N, “Manufacturing technology”, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2002.

2. Sharma P C, “Production Engineering”, S Chand & Company,1997.

3. Kalpakjian S, “Manufacturing Engineering & Technology”, Addison Wesley Longman,

Pvt. Ltd. Low Price Edition, 2000.

Page 34: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 34 of 179

IPPC- 210 Material Science and Metallurgy [3 0 0 3]

Course Objective

The objective of this interdisciplinary course is to present the fundamentals of material science

and metallurgical engineering. The students will be exposed with the basics of development,

production and use of metallic materials with reference to Physical metallurgy.

Course Outcomes

CO 1: Demonstrate the capability in selecting and identifying the materials based on their

requirement of mechanical and metallurgical properties

CO 2: Understand and analyse the phenomenon like diffusion among metals

CO 3: Improve the performance of various materials in terms of their composition and change in

properties and can identify what type of heat treatment processes may be required under

various conditions.

CO 4: Understand and investigate the homogeneous and heterogeneous solidification takes place

in alloys with mathematical meaning

CO 5: Make use of Phase diagrams and TTT Diagrams to understand and investigate the change

in properties of steel and cast iron under varying composition rates.

CO 6: Predict the properties on the basis of structure and texture identification of components

like austenite, ferrite, marten site, bainite, pearlite, etc.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Section 1

Crystal Structure and Dislocations: various types of crystal structure and its types, Point, line

and volume imperfections.

Dislocation and strengthening mechanism: Nature of dislocations: edge and screw type,

dislocation characteristics slip system and plastic deformation, energy of screw dislocation,

burger vector notation, stress fields around dislocations, deformation by twinning, stacking

faults, strengthening by grain size reduction, solid solution strengthening, strain hardening,

recovery, recrystallization, and grain growth. Super critical and ultra-super critical materials.

Diffusion: Atomic mechanism of diffusion, interstitial and substitution diffusion, atomic

mobility, diffusion path, Fick’s first law and second Law of diffusion, steady and non-steady

state diffusion, temperature dependence of diffusivity, formula for depth of penetration

Section 2

Solidification: Thermodynamics of solidification, Nucleation in pure metals, homogeneous

and heterogeneous nucleation, growth of pure solid, solidification of ingots, freezing, metallic

glass, equilibrium and non-equilibrium solidification

Phase Diagrams: Gibb’s Phase rule, lever rule, Theory of alloy Phases: Hume-Rothery rules,

Unary systems, Binary Isomorophous phase diagrams, Phase Diagrams of Binary Eutectic and

off-eutectic composition, peritectic and eutectoid alloys, Iron-carbon phase diagram and

microstructures of plain carbon steel and cast iron

Phase Transformations: Diffusional and diffusion-less transformation, Microstructural

transformation, different types of energies involved (bulk Gibb’s free energy, strain energy and

Page 35: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 35 of 179

interfacial energy), first order transformation its nucleation and growth, undercooling of

system, critical size of nucleus, nucleation barrier, melting point of nano-crystal and its melting

behaviour, atomic perspective of nucleation and nucleation barrier, heterogeneous versus

homogeneous nucleation rates, growth transformation rate, TTT Diagrams, eutectoid

transformations, CCT Curves, pearlite, bainite and marten site transformation, glass transition.

Section 3

Powder Metallurgy: Characteristics of metal powder, Important methods of powder

production, Powder Characterization, Powder Forming, Sintering, Sintered Products

Heat Treatment: Mechanism of annealing, normalizing, tempering, hardening and case

hardening, Introduction to chemical heat treatment, mechanism and methods of carburizing,

nitriding, cyaniding, introduction to flame hardening.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Materials Science and Engineering, an Introduction, William D. Callister. John Willey

and Sons Inc. Singapore.

2. Physical Metallurgy: Principle and Practice, V. Raghavan. Prentice Hall India Pvt Ltd.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Mechanical Metallurgy, George E Dieter. Mcgraw Hill, London.

2. Suryanarayana AVK, Testing of Metallic Materials,BS Publications,2nd Edition, 2007.

ONLINE RESOURSES

1. Metallurgy and Material Science, NPTEL course, Dr. Ranjit Bauri, Department of

Metallurgical Engineering and Materials Science, IIT Madras,

http://nptel.ac.in/courses/113106032/

2. http://neon.mems.cmu.edu/cramb/Processing/history.html

3. http://users.encs.concordia.ca/~woodadam/MECH221/Course_Notes/Crystal%20directi

ons%20and%20planes.pdf

4. http://www.tulane.edu/~sanelson/eens211/introsymmetry.htm

Page 36: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 36 of 179

IPPC-212 Mechanical Measurements and Metrology Laboratory [0 0 2 1]

Course Objectives

At the end of the lab course the students should be able to conduct, analyze, interpret, and

present measurement data from measurements experiments. Further they shall be able to

demonstrate excellent laboratory skills and techniques including the proper use of relevant

instruments and related technology

Course Outcomes

After completing the lab course students will be able to:

CO 1: Identify the standards used for measuring devices used in metrology.

CO 2: Measure the threads, gear tooth profiles and surface roughness using appropriate

instruments and analyze the data.

CO 3: Check alignment of various components in various mechanisms using advanced scientific

tools.

CO 4: Identify the various form errors in a part.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

1. To measure the acceleration of a vibrating body using strain gauges

2. To measure the acceleration and velocity of a rotating machinery using Piezo-electric

sensors.

3. To measure the angle of rotation of a rotating shaft using photoelectric sensors.

4. To measure the dynamic power of a shaft using instantaneous power measuring

dynamometer.

5. To measure the load of compressive nature using load cells.

6. To measure the angle of a taper rod using sine bar and slip gauges.

7. To measure the straightness of machine tool surface by sensitive spirit level.

8. To measure the gear tooth thickness by using gear tooth Vernier calliper.

9. To measure the elements of screw thread using tool maker’s microscope.

10. To measure the elements of screw thread using profile projector.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Doeblin, E.O., “Measurement Systems: Application and Design”, 5th Ed., McGraw-

Hill, 2004.

2. Beckwith, T.G., Marangoni, R.D., and Lienhard, J.H., “Mechanical Measurement”, 5th

Ed., Addison-Wesley, 1995

3. Jain R K, "Engineering Metrology", Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2003.

4. Experimental Methods for Engineers, J P Holman, Tata McGraw Hill publications,

2007

Page 37: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 37 of 179

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Figiliola, R.S., “Theory and Design for Mechanical Measurement”, 4th Ed., John Wiley

& Sons, 2005.

2. Dally, J.W., Rilley, W.F., and McConnel, K.G., “Instrumentation for Engineering

Measurements”, 2nd Ed., John Wiley & Sons, 2003.

ONLINE RESOURSES

1. Mechanical Measurements and Metrology, NPTEL course, Dr S P Venkateshan

Department of Mechanical Engineering, IIT Madras,

http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112106138/

Page 38: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 38 of 179

IPCC-214 Industrial Automation Laboratory [0 0 2 1]

Course Objectives

1. To expose students to fundamental concepts of hydraulic and pneumatic systems.

2. They will learn about electro pneumatic, electro hydraulic circuits and PLC ladder logic

3. Students will be given basic training on using Robotic arm.

Course Outcomes

CO1. Students will be able to design systems for industrial problems using pneumatic and

hydraulic principles of automation.

CO2. Students will be able to make electrical circuits for control of hydraulic and pneumatic

actuators.

CO3. Students will have knowledge about various types of industrial sensors and integrating it

in the circuits along with actuators.

CO4. Students should be able to program PLC for industrial automation problems.

CO5. Students will be able to program Robot using a teach pendant.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

Implement following circuits on Trainer kits and Automation Studio

1. Control of single acting cylinder using FLR circuit

2. Manual and automated forward and reverse with solenoid control/pilot control on

double acting cylinder, Speed control circuit on pneumatic

3. Double acting cylinder is used to perform continuous to and fro motion, AND and OR

logic circuit on pneumatic, Control of double acting cylinder with time delay,

sequencing circuit using fully pneumatic

4. Manual and automated forward and reverse with 4/2 solenoid control on double acting

cylinder using hydraulic, Speed control circuit on hydraulic, Counter balancing circuit

on hydraulic, Electro Pneumatic/Hydraulic

5. Design of an electric circuit for operating induction lamp with push button

6. Design of an electric circuit for operating buzzer with push button

7. Control of double acting cylinder using electro pneumatic/hydraulic

8. Control of double acting cylinder using electric counter/timer with two end sensors

9. Sequencing circuit using two end sensors

10. PLC program for control of various pneumatic/hydraulic cylinders

11. To perform the following operation on robotic arm: Pick and place operation,

Continuous welding

Page 39: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 39 of 179

IPPC-216 Machining Science and Machine Tools Laboratory [0 0 2 1]

Course Objectives

The objective of this Lab Course is to provide practical hands on experience to the students in

understanding the basic machining operations like milling, turning, drilling, and different

secondary processes like grinding etc.

Course Outcomes:

CO1. The students shall be able to prepare the specimens on the lathe machine tool.

CO2. The students shall be able make gear blank into a spur gear using gear shaper machine.

CO3. The students shall be able to perform the grinding process and various process parameters

that affect the surface finish of the finished product.

CO4. The students shall be able to perform thread cutting and knurling operation on the given

work piece.

CO5. The students shall be able to understand the different primary and secondary machining

processes and their process parameters effects.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. To perform step turning, taper turning, thread cutting and knurling on lathe.

2. To produce a spur gear out of the given work piece using milling machine.

3. To cut a helical gear out of the given blank in milling machine.

4. To machine the given gear blank into a spur gear in gear shaper machine.

5. To cut dovetail groove and slot on a given mild steel block using shaping machine.

6. To machine a given MS block for desired dimensioning on a shaper tool.

7. To make internal splines, space 90 degree apart on the given hollow cylindrical work piece by

using slotting machine.

8. To perform plain surface grinding on the given work piece to the required dimensions.

9. To grind the cylindrical surface of the given work piece by cylindrical grinding.

10. To study the Lathe Tool Dynamometer and Drill Tool Dynamometer and determine the

Resultant force act on the tool during turning operation and also estimate the force and

thrust required to perform drilling operation.

RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS

1. Amitabh Ghosh and Malik,” Machining science: Principles and practice”, Second

edition, East West Press, 2010.

2. P.N Rao, ” Manufacturing Technology- Vol-2, Metal Cutting and machine tools ”

Third edition, Mc Graw Hill, 2017.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. David A. Stephenson, Manufacturing Engineering And Materials Processing”, Second

Edition, CRC Press.

2. B.S Raghuwanshi, “Workshop Technology Vol -1 , Manufacturing Processes”, Dhanpat

Rai and Co.

Page 40: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 40 of 179

IPPC-218 Materials Science & Metallurgy Lab [0 0 2 1]

Course Objectives

The objective of this Lab Course is to provide practical hands on experience to the students in

understanding the basic nature of materials through metallographic, metallurgical and

mechanical testings carried on metallic and non-metallic materials.

Course Outcomes:

CO1. The student shall be able to prepare the specimens required for metallographic

examination using optical microscopy.

CO2. The student shall be able to differentiate between metallic and non metallic materials

through microstructural examination obtained using optical microscope.

CO3. The student shall be able to identify the unknown material by studying XRD patterns.

CO4. The student shall be able to perform different heat treatment processes and shall be able

to understand and analyze the causes of property variation introduced due to heat treatment.

CO5. The student shall be able to perform die compaction and sintering processes on different

metallic and non metallic powders.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. To study and perform the various steps in metallographic specimen preparation

including cutting, mounting, polishing and etching.

2. To study and perform the optical microscopy of different ferrous samples of steel (Mild

steel, Stainless steel) and Cast Irons.

3. To study and perform the optical microscopy of different nonferrous samples (Copper,

Zinc, Brass, Lead-Tin alloy).

4. To analyze the microstructure of a specimen quantitatively through image analyzer.

5. To identify an unknown sample (metallic and nonmetallic) by indexing of peaks with

the help of obtained XRD pattern and precision lattice parameter measurement.

6. To study the effect of temperature on microstructure and micro hardness of the given

steel specimen (Annealing & Normalizing).

7. To study the effect of hardening of steel specimens under different cooling conditions

on the microstructure and mechanical properties.

8. To study and observe the microstructure of ceramic samples such as graphite, Silicon

carbide etc. (Colour metallography).

9. To study various characteristics of copper powders and evaluate green density as well

as strength characteristics (hardness of cold-compacted and sintered (conventional)

compact.

10. To study the behavior of copper and ceramic powder during conventional and

microwave sintering of particulate compacts.

Page 41: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 41 of 179

RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS

1. Raghvan V,” Physical metallurgy: Principles and practice”, Second edition, PHI

Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2006.

2. Khel GL,” The principles of Metallographic Laboratory Practice” Third edition, Mc

Graw Hill, 1949.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Easterling KE and Sherif MY, “Phase Transformations in Metals and Alloys”, Third

Edition, CRC Press.

2. Hosford WF, “Physical Metallurgy”, Second Edition, CRC Press.

3. Callister W, “Materials Science and Engineering: An Introduction”, Second edition,

John Willy & Sons, 2006.

Page 42: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 42 of 179

5TH

SEMESTER

IPPC-301 Theory of Production Processes [3 1 0 4]

Course Objective

The main objective of this course is to emphasize the importance of manufacturing sciences in

the day-to-day life, and to study the basic manufacturing processes and tools used. The course is

designed to understand the fundamentals and types of forming processes used in manufacturing

industry.

Course Outcomes

After completing the course students will be able to:

CO1: To understand and apply the mechanism of deformation for different metal forming

processes

CO2: To determine forming process controlling parameters and analyze the behaviour of

materials during forming processes

CO3: To determine the causes of the defects that may take place during forming processes.

CO4: To integrate knowledge gained in this course to select and design a complete metal

forming system.

CO5: Student will able to understand the advanced metal forming and powder processing

techniques.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Section A

Introduction: Metal forming – Definition, Classification, Brief description of forming

operations

Forming: Metallurgical aspects of metal forming slip, twining mechanics of plastic

deformation effects of temperature, strain rate-microstructure and friction in metal forming,

yield criteria and their significance-classification of metal forming processes. Principle

classification equipment, tooling processes, parameters and calculation of forces during forging

and rolling processes, Ring compression tests, Post forming heat treatment, Defects (cause and

remedy) applications. Classification of extrusion processes, tool, equipment and principle of

these processes, influence of friction, Extrusion force calculation, Defects and analysis:

Rod/wire drawing-tool, equipment and principle of processes defects, Tube drawing and

sinking processes Mannesmann processes of seamless pipe manufacturing.

Section B

Classification of Forming Processes: Classification conventional and HERF processes,

Presses types and selection of presses, formability of sheet metals, Principle, process

parameters, equipment and application of the following processes. Deep drawing, spinning,

stretch forming, plate bending, press brake forming, magnetic pulse forming. Super plastic

forming, -fine blanking

Section C

Advanced Metal Forming Processes Details of high energy rate forming (HERF) process,

Electro-magnetic forming, explosive forming Electro-hydraulic forming, Stretch forming,

Contour roll forming, electro forming, P/M forging, Isothermal forging-high speed, hot forging

high velocity extrusion.

Page 43: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 43 of 179

Section D

Powder processing: Introduction to production and characterization of metal/ceramic powders,

compaction and sintering of metals and ceramic powders. Post sintering operations,

applications.

Polymers and Composites: Plastic processing – injection, compression and blow molding,

extrusion, calendaring and thermoforming; molding of composites.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Rao P.N., “Manufacturing Technology”, (Vol. 2), Tata McGraw-Hill, 1998.

2. A Ghosh and A K Mallik, Manufacturing Science, Wiley Eastern, 1986.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Lindberg R.A., “Processes and Materials of Manufacture”, Prentice-Hall of India, 1990.

2. Groover M.P., “Fundamentals of Modern Manufacturing”, John Wiley & Sons 2002.

3. Kalpakjian S., and Schmid S.R., “Manufacturing Engineering and Technology”,

Pearson Education, 2000.

4. DeGarmo E.P., Black J.T., and Kohser R.A., “Materials and Processes in

Manufacturing”, Prentice-Hall of India, 1997.

5. R.M. German, Powder Metallurgy Science, 2008.

6. A. Upadhyaya, G.S. Upadhyaya, Powder Muetallurgy: Science Technology and

Materials, 2011

7. Dieter George E., Mechanical Metallurgy, McGrawHill

Page 44: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 44 of 179

IPPC-303 Work Study and Ergonomics [3 1 0 4]

Course Objectives

To provide basic understanding to the students about the concept and significance of work

study and ergonomics.

To impart thorough knowledge to the students about various techniques of work-study for

improving the productivity of an organization.

To inculcate the skill among the students for analyzing and improving existing methods of

working on the shop floor of an organization.

To impart through knowledge and skills to students with respect to allowances, rating,

calculation of basic and standard time for manual operations in an organization.

To provide the knowledge to the students about various wages and incentives schemes.

To inculcate analyzing skills among the students with respect to work place design, working

postures and lifting tasks.

Course Outcomes

CO 1: Students will be able to calculate the basic work content of a specific job for employees

of an organization. Thereby they will be able to calculate the production capacity of man power

of an organization.

CO 2: Students will be able to analyze and calculate the level of risk in a job causing stress,

fatigue and musculoskeletal disorders and design appropriate work systems.

CO 3: Students will be able to rate a worker engaged on a live job and calculate basic, allowed

and standard time for the same.

CO 4: Students will be able to analyze the existing methods of working for a particular job and

develop an improved method through questioning technique.

CO 5: Students will be able to provide appropriate allowances for the jobs under analysis.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Work Study: Historical background; Work study definition; Role of work study in improving

productivity; Work Content, Human Factors consideration in Work study. Work study

procedure: selection of jobs; Information collection and recording; Recording techniques;

critical analysis; developing better method; installation and follow up of standard method.

Motion Study/Method Study: Definition, objectives, step-by-step procedure, Recording

techniques for method study, charts and diagrams Memo motion and micro motion study;

therbligs; cyclograph and chronocyclegraph; simo chart; Principles of motion economy; Design

of work place layout.

Work measurement: Definition; Components of Work measurement, Procedure; tools,

Performance rating; Concept of normal time; allowances. Work sampling technique of work

measurement. Introduction to pre-determined motion time system.

Incentive: Definition, objectives of an incentive plan, various types of incentive plans.

Ergonomics: Introduction, definition, objectives and scope, man-machine system and its

components. Introduction to musculoskeletal system, respiratory and circulatory system,

metabolism, measure of physiological functions- workload and energy consumption,

Introduction to biomechanics, types of movements of body members, Design of lifting tasks

using NIOSH lifting equation, Distal upper extremities risk factors, risk assessment tools;

Strain Index, RULA, REBA. Introduction to anthropometry; work table and seat designing.

Page 45: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 45 of 179

Design of Visual displays and controls. Occupational exposure to; noise, whole body

Vibrations, heat stress and dust. Effect of vibration/ noise, temperature, illumination and dust

on human health and performance.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Barnes Ralph M., “Motion & Time study: Design and Measurement of Work”, Wiley

Text Books, 2001.

2. Marvin E, Mundel & David L, “Motion & Time Study: Improving Productivity”,

Pearson Education, 2000.

3. Benjamin E Niebel and Freivalds Andris, “Methods Standards & Work Design”, Mc

Graw Hill, 1997.

4. Lakhwinder P S,” Work Study and Ergonomics”, Cambridge University Press, 2016

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. International Labour organization, “Work-study”, Oxford and IBH publishing company

Pvt. Ltd., N.Delhi, 2001.

2. Sanders Mark S and McCormick Ernert J, “Human Factors in Engineering and Design”,

McGraw-Hill Inc., 1993.

3. KjellZandin, Maynard's Industrial Engineering Handbook, Fifth Edition, McGraw Hill,

2001.

ONLINE RESOURSES

1. www.digimat.in/nptel/courses/video/112107143/L40.html

Page 46: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 46 of 179

IPPC-305 Quality Control and Assurance [3 1 0 4]

Course Objectives

This course will present the theory and methods of quality monitoring including process

capability, control charts, acceptance sampling etc. to give the participants the necessary tools

for the development of efficient statistical methods for the assurance of quality in

manufacturing & service environments. It is of major concern that the participants learn to

assess the efficiency of various methods under consideration in relation to the specific areas of

application.

Course Outcomes

After completing the course, students will be able to

CO 1: To develop an ability to apply the basic concepts of quality monitoring.

CO 2: Formulate an (the) adequate statistical control problem for a production or similar

process &use alternative statistical methods for solving the process control problem.

CO 3: Student shall be able to demonstrate reduction in formation of defectives by comparing

alternative process control methods concretely (numerically) & in general.

CO 4: Use attribute sampling methods & assess economics of inspection for choosing an

inspection strategy (No Inspection, Sampling Inspection & 100% Inspection).

CO 5: Carry out Guage R & R studies by means of modern and relevant statistical tools.

CO 6: Achieve savings in rupees to the companies through quality control and improvement

programmes.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Review of statistical concepts: Graphical representation of grouped data, continuous &

discrete probability distributions, central limit theorem, skewness and kurtosis, tests of

normality for a given data, chi-square test.

Introduction: Process control and product control, difference between SQC and SPC, chance

and assignable causes of quality variation, advantages of Shewhart control charts.

Process Control: Charts for variables; for individuals, X bar, R and sigma charts; fixation of

control limits; Type I and Type II error; theory of runs; Interpretation of ' out of control ' points.

Initiation of control charts, trial control limits. Determination of aimed-at value of process

setting. Rational method of sub grouping. Control chart parameters. Limitations of X bar and R

charts.

Section B

Control limits verses specification limits: natural tolerances limits, relationship of a ‘process

in control’ to upper & lower specification limits. Process capability studies, process capability

indices for bilateral specifications & unilateral specification cases, remedial actions for indices

less than one.

Control charts for Attributes: fraction defective chart and number of defectives chart,

varying control limits, high defectives and low defectives, seriousness classification of defects,

defects chart, U-chart. Quality rating, Average Run Length (ARL), Relative efficiency or

sensitivity of control charts.

Product Inspection: 100% inspection, no inspection and sampling inspection. Application of

hyper geometric, binomial & Poisson distributions in acceptance inspection. Operating

Characteristic Curve (O-C curve); Effect of sample size and acceptance number, type A and

type B O.C. curves. Single, Double and Multiple Sampling Plans.

Page 47: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 47 of 179

Section C

Product Inspection (Contd.): Acceptance/ rejection and acceptance/ rectification plans.

Producer's risk and consumer's risk. Indifference quality level, Average Outgoing Quality

(AOQ) curve, AOQL. Quality protection offered by a sampling plan. Average Sample Number

(ASN) curve, Average Total Inspection (ATI) curve. Design of single sampling plans.

Economics of Product Inspection: Use of Break-even analysis in decision for selection of

economic acceptance plan option. Dodge - Romig Tables, MIL-STD-105D.

Measurement System Analysis: Basic Concepts of Gauge Capabilty such as Simple Bias,

Linearity, Stability, Repeatability, Reproducibility, Precision, Accuracy and precision-to-

tolerance ratio. Confidence Intervals in Gauge R & R Studies.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Grant E L and Leavenworth R S, “Statistical Quality Control”, McGraw Hill, Sixth

Edition (2000)

2. Amitava Mitra, “Fundamentals of Quality Control and Improvement”, Pearson

Education Asia, Third Edition (2014)

3. Douglas C. Montgomery “Introduction to Statistical Quality Control”, John Wiley &

Sons, Inc., New York, 7th Edition (2013)

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Hansen Bertrand L and Ghare Prabhakar M, “Quality Control and Applications”

Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., First Edition (1993)

2. Zaidi A., “SPC: Concepts, Methodologies and Tools”, Prentice Hall of India, First

Edition, (2003).

ONLINE RESOURSES

1. Quality Design and Control, NPTEL course, Prof. Pradip Kumar Ray, Department of

Industrial and Systems Engineering, Indian Institute of Technology (IIT), Kharagpur,

https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18_mg02/preview

2. http://asq.org/learn-about-quality/

3. Total Quality Management - I, NPTEL course, Prof. Raghu Nandan Sengupta,

Department Industrial & Management Engineering , Indian Institute of Technology

(IIT), Kanpur, https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc17_mg18/preview

Page 48: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 48 of 179

IPPC-307 Computer Integrated Manufacturing and Robotics [3 0 0 3]

Course Objectives

At the end of the course the students should be able to acquire knowledge of engineering

product specifications in respect of CAD/CAM integration. Students shall be able to generate

and manage the data in FMS and CIM systems.

Course Outcomes

After completing the course students will be able to:

CO 1: Understand the elements of an automated manufacturing environment.

CO 2: Design flexible manufacturing cell after carrying out group technology study and finally

creating FMS.

CO 3: Apply data management and its importance for decision making in CIMS environment.

CO 4: Apply knowledge about various methods of communication in CIMS.

CO 5: Apply knowledge about Computer Aided Quality control and Process Planning Control.

CO 6: Understand and apply the kinematics, dynamics and control for industrial robots

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Introduction: Scope, islands of automation, architecture of CIM, information flow in CIM,

elements of CIM, benefits, limitations, obstacles in implementation. Product Design and CAD,

application of computers in design, CAM - manufacturing planning and control, concurrent

engineering, design for manufacturing and assembly.

Group Technology: Concept, design and manufacturing attributes, part families, composite

part, methods of grouping, PFA, classification and coding system- OPITZ, MICLASS,

Relevance of GT in CIM, GT and CAD, benefits and limitations of GT.

Flexible Manufacturing Systems: Concept, flexible & rigid manufacturing, manufacturing

cell and FMS structure, types, components of FMS, Distributed Numerical Control (DNC),

Building Blocks of FMS, Flexible Assembly System.

Computer Aided Production Planning and Control: Computer integrated production

management system, Variant & Generative methods of CAPP, aggregate planning, master

production schedule, shop floor control, materials requirement planning, capacity planning,

manufacturing resource planning and enterprise resource planning.

Computer Aided Quality Control: Objectives, non-contact inspection methods, equipment;

contact type inspection: Co-ordinate Measuring Machines (CMM), construction, working

principle and applications, Inspection robots.

Production Support Machines and Systems in CIM: Industrial robots for load/unload,

automated material handling, automatic guided vehicles, automated storage and retrieval

system. Kinematics, dynamics and control of robotic manupulators.

Data Acquisition and Database Management Systems: (a) Data acquisition system, type of

data, automatic data identification methods, bar code technology, machine vision.(b) Data and

database management system, database design requirements, types of DBMS models-

hierarchical, network and relational models and their applications.

Communication in CIMS: Role of communication in CIMS, requirements of shop floor

communication, types and components of communication systems in CIM, Networking

Page 49: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 49 of 179

concepts, network topology, access methods, ISO-OSI reference model for protocols,

MAP/TOP, TCP/IP.

Planning and Implementation of CIMS: Planning for CIMS, need for planning, Phases of

CIM implementation, incremental implementation and one-time implementation, CIM

benchmarking, Economic and social justification of CIM., CIM case studies

TEXT BOOKS

1. Ibrahim Z. and Sivasubramanian, R., “CAD/CAM Theory and Practice”, Tata McGraw

Hill Publications, New Delhi, 2009.

2. Paul R., “Computer Integrated Manufacturing”, Prentice Hall, 2005.

3. Groover M. P., “Automation, Production Systems and Computer Integrated

Manufacturing”, Prentice Hall, 2007.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Rao P.N., “CAD / CAM Principles and Applications”, McGraw Hill Publishers, New

Delhi, 2010.

2. Yoram K., “Computer Control of Manufacturing Systems”, McGraw Hill Publications,

2005.

ONLINE RESOURSES

1. Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing, Prof. Anoop Chawla, Department of

Mechanical Engineering, Indian Institute of Technology, Delhi, http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112102101/

2. Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing –II, Prof. Anoop Chawla Department of

Mechanical Engineering Indian Institute of Technology, Delhi, http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112102103/

Page 50: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 50 of 179

Course Objectives

To familiarize with basics of entrepreneurship

To generate the spirit of entrepreneurship

Course Outcomes

The students will be able to develop and demonstrate entrepreneurial abilities both at work

place and at their ventures. The students will be able to manage their own enterprises

effectively through creative thinking, innovation and leadership.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Entrepreneurial mind for entrepreneurial society, fundamentals of entrepreneurship,

entrepreneurial development in emerging markets, entrepreneurial leadership, intrapreneurship,

creativity, innovation and business ideas, ideas to opportunity, the entrepreneurial process,

business plan, intellectual property rights, marketing plan, operation and production plan,

venture team, insights from financial statements, financing venture; role of financial institutions

and micro finance, launching a venture, managing growth, from start-up to going public.

Women entrepreneurship, rural entrepreneurship. Sickness in small sector; reasons and

rehabilitation.

Reference Books:

1. Arya Kumar (2012), Entrepreneurship, Pearson.

2. H Nandan (2013), Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship, PHI.

3. Jeffry A Tommons and Stephen Spinelli (2009), New Venture Creation, Tata McGraw

Hill.

4. Sangeeta Sharma (2016), Entrepreneurship Development, PHI.

HMCI-202 Entrepreneurship Development Management [3 0 0 3]

Page 51: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 51 of 179

IPPC - 309 Work Study and Ergonomics Lab. [0 0 2 1]

Course Objectives

To inculcate the skill among the students for analysing and improving existing methods of

working on the shop floor of an organisation. To impart through time study skill among the

students through applying various allowances, rating practices, and calculate the standard

time for manual operations in an organisation. To inculcate the analysing skills among the

students w.r.t. work place design, working postures and lifting tasks. To provide thorough

knowledge about assessment about exposure to occupational hazards like: heat stress, noise,

vibrations and RSPM. To impart skill for conducting hearing conservation and respiratory

health prevention in the industry.

Course Outcomes

CO1. Students will be able to calculate the basic work content of a specific job for

employees of an organisation. Thereby they will be able to calculate the production capacity

of man power of an organisation.

CO2. Students shall be able to analyse the existing methods of working for a particular job

and develop an improved method.

CO3. Students shall be able to rate a worker engaged on a live job and calculate basic,

allowed and standard time for the same.

CO4. Students shall be able to provide appropriate allowances for the jobs under analysis.

CO5. Students shall be able to analyze and calculate the level of risk of the job causing

stress, fatigue and musculoskeletal disorders among the employees of an organization.

CO6. Students shall be able to assess the occupational environmental factors like heat stress,

noise, vibration and RSPM level in the industry.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Method to improve the assembly and dis-assembly of a Bolt, a nut and three washers

2. Methods Improvement – Assembling pins on cardboard

3. Rating Practice –Walking on level grounds and dividing a pack of cards into four equal

piles.

4. Rating Practice – Films and analysis.

5. Work sampling exercises.

6. Stop watch time study on drilling machine, lathe machine and CNC machine

7. Calibration of an individual using Tread Mill as a loading-device.

8. To analyse the work posture of an individual using Ergo master Software.

9. Measurement of anthropometrics data and analysis of data.

10. Audiometric examination a through pure tone audiogram of a subject using portable

audiometer in a portable audiometric testing cabin.

11. To measure the respiratory parameter of an individual.

12. To measure the ambience noise and to check the noise dose of an environment using

sound level meter and noise dosimeter.

13. To measure the heat stress of an individual using area heat stress monitor.

14. To measure the dust exposure of an individual using dust sampler.

Page 52: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 52 of 179

IPPC-311 CIM and Robotics Laboratory (0 0 2 1)

Course Objectives

1. To expose students for 3D modelling on one of the commercially available software.

2. To impart training to students on CNC lathe and CNC milling machine.

3. To train students for operation of robotic arm.

Course Outcomes

CO1. Students will be able to make 3D parts for commonly used mechanical components /

products, create assembly and finally generate part prints.

CO2. Students will be able to create programs for various parts on CNC lathe and milling

machine manually and using commercially available software

CO3. Students should be able to program robotic arm using teach pendant.

LIST OF EXPERTIMENTS:

1. Study of various parts of a Programmable Logic Controller

2. PLC programming for sequential operations.

3. Application of Timers & Counters in PLC programming

4. Exposure to Virtual Flexible Manufacturing System.

5. Exposure to complete FMS

6. Experimentally determination of the natural frequencies, damping ratios and the viscous

friction coefficient of the joint of a flexible arm mounted on a servo motor using smart

sensors and software LABVIEW / MATLAB.

7. Experimental verification of the kinematics of rigid multilink robot manipulators.

8. Experimental implementation of PID control for the single link rigid arm manipulator

using software LABVIEW / MATLAB.

9. To perform the following operation on robotic arm: Pick and place operation,

Continuous welding

Page 53: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 53 of 179

IPPC-313 Mechatronics Laboratory [0 0 2 1]

Course Objectives

To make the students aware about the practical concepts of mechatronics through the

understanding and applications of microcontroller. To integrate various sensors for achieving

the automation in the control of products and processes. Students shall be able to design and

fabricate a product

Course Outcomes

CO1. Student shall be able to understand the basics of mechatronics through learning by doing.

CO2. Student shall be able to understand the architecture and pin diagram of a microcontroller.

CO3. Student shall be able understand and develop an embedded C programme to accomplish

the desired task through a microcontroller.

CO4. Student shall be able to integrate various sensors with the microcontroller to perform the

need-based automation of products and processes

CO5. Student shall be able to integrate and control various DC motors and control high voltage

equipment through relays.

CO6. Student shall be able to design and fabricate a product at the end to demonstrate the skills

acquired during this course.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Familiarization with Arduino Uno Kit register level architecture and trainer kit

components including the memory map. Familiarization with process of storing and

viewing the contents of memory as well as registers.

2. Study of prewritten programs on trainer kit using the basic instruction set. Interact with

Arduino software and hardware through simple LED blink exercise.

3. Display of welcome message or sensor readings on 16×2 LCD screen and on the PC

screen.

4. Based on following sensor inputs perform specific task like sequence control of LEDs.

a) Potentiometer

b) IR Sensor

c) Distance Senor (HC-SR04 Ultrasonic Sensor)

d) Temperature & Humidity Sensor (DHT-22)

e) Motion Sensor (HC-SR501)

5. Based on various sensor inputs perform specific task like sequence control of LEDs.

a) Sound Level Sensor

b) Accelerometer (MPU-6050)

c) Flammable Gas Sensor (MQ-2)

d) Light Intensity Sensor (LDR)

6. Control of high voltage appliances through relays and using dimmer module with

MOSFET.

7. Control of Servo, Stepper, AC and BLDC motors based upon the inputs from sensing

elements attached to the Arduino kit.

Note: The final evaluation of the lab will also comprise of the mini project (to be submitted

by group of students from 3-5) taken by the students

(Industrial visit in the SMEs may be planned to access the present level of automation and

scope of industrial projects).

Page 54: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 54 of 179

TEXT BOOKS

1. Boucher, T. O., “Computer automation in manufacturing - an Introduction”, Chapman

and Hall, 1996.

2. W. Bolton, “Mechatronics: Electronic Control Systems in Mechanical and Electrical

Engineering”, 4th Edition, Pearson education

3. N. Mahalik, “Mechatronics : Principles, Concepts and Applications”, McGraw Hill

Education

4. R. Gaonkarf, “Microprocessor Architecture, Programming and Applications with the

8085”, 6th Edition, Penram International Publishing

5. Appu Kuttam, “Mechatronics”, Oxford publications

6. S. Brain Morris, “Automated Manufacturing systems”, McGraw Hill Education

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Deb, S. R., Robotics technology and flexible automation, Tata McGraw-Hill, New

Delhi, 1994.

ONLINE RESOURSES

1. Mechatronics and Manufacturing Automation, NPTEL Course Dr. Shrikrishna N. Joshi

Department of Mechanical Engineering, Indian Institute of Technology Guwahati,

https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112103174/

Page 55: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 55 of 179

SIXTH SEMESTER

IPPC-302 Facilities Planning and Design [3 1 0 4]

Course Objectives

The main objective of this course is to enable the students to be trained in facilities design

related problems, especially in manufacturing systems, studying about strategies of material

handling & related equipment, and selection of site locations. It also aims to explore the layout

planning by computer applications using different algorithms.

Course Outcomes

CO 1: The students will be able to select appropriate location for establishing industrial plants

by applying the concepts of location selection.

CO 2: The students will be able to plan and design plant and production layouts through basic

strategies and with computer applications.

CO 3: The students will be able to identify and analyse the problems in the existing layout/

material handling system and shall be able to the optimize the layout/ material handling system

CO 4: The students will be able to develop algorithms for planning new layouts for typical

applications in the industries and suggest appropriate material handling strategies in the

industries.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Section A

Introduction: Introduction to facilities planning and design, plant layout, material handling

and their interrelationship.

Site Location: Importance of location, hierarchy of location problems, factors affecting site

location; factors in heavy manufacturing location, light industry location, warehouse location,

retail location. Various theories/models of site location like bid rent curves, Weber’s

isodapanes, Weber’s classification of industries, Hoover’s tapered transport rates,

agglomeration, factor rating method, single facility location, load-distance model, break-even

analysis, transportation method. New plant location and shut down under dynamic conditions.

Section B

Plant Layout: Objectives of a good plant layout, principles of a good layout, classical types of

layouts like product layout, process layout, fixed-position layouts, cellular layouts and hybrid

layouts. Factors affecting plant layout: man, material, machine, movement, waiting, service,

building and change, features and considerations of each factor. P - Q chart, systematic layout

planning, relationship (REL) chart, traditional layout configuration, production space

requirements, manual CORELAP algorithm and examples, preparing process layouts and the

considerations thereon.

Product Layouts: basic features of mass manufacturing, advantages & disadvantages of flow-

line production, product-oriented layout – assumptions & types, assembly line layout, assembly

line balancing. Design of an assembly line, layout heuristics for assigning tasks in assembly

line balancing, assembly line balancing equations.

Page 56: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 56 of 179

Section C

Computerized Layout: Evaluation of layout, computerized layout, flowcharts of various

techniques like CRAFT, ALDEP and CORELAP.

Material Handling: Concept of material handling, principles of material handling, factors

affecting material handling, objectives, relationship between layout and Material

Handling, material handling equation.

Material Handling Equipment’s: Selection of material handling systems and equipment’s:

Automated Guided Vehicles, types, features, usage. Conveyors: basic functionality

requirements, types of Conveyors, application considerations, operational considerations.

Cranes, hoists and industrial trucks.

TEXT BOOK(S)

1. Francis, McGinnis and White, “Facilities Layout & Location –an analytical approach”

Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd. 2001

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. James Apple, “Plant Layout & Material Handling”, The Ronalt Press Co., New Delhi,

1998.

2. Richards Muther, “Practical Plant Layout”, McGraw Hill Book Co., New York, 1982.

3. Ronald H Ballou, “Business Logistics”, Pearson Education, Inc. New Delhi, 2004.

4. Tompkins J A & J A White, “Facilities Planning”, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. New York,

1984

ONLINE RESOURSES

1. Industrial Engineering, NPTEL course by Prof. Pradip Kumar et al., Department of

Mechanical & Industrial Engineering, Indian Institute of Technology (IIT), Roorkee,

https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112107143/36

2. Project and Production Management, NPTEL course by Prof. Arun Kanda, Department

of Mechanical Engineering, Indian Institute of Technology, Delhi,

3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112102106/

Page 57: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 57 of 179

IPPC-304 Operations Research [3 1 0 4]

Course Objective

The course aims at building capabilities in the students for analysing different situations in the

industrial/ business scenario involving limited resources and finding the optimal solution within

constraints.

Course Outcomes

After completing the course students will be able to

CO 1: Analyse any real life system with limited constraints and depict it in a model form.

CO 2: Convert the problem into a mathematical model.

CO 3: Solve the mathematical model manually as well as using soft resources/software such as

solver, TORA

CO 4: Understand variety of problems such as assignment, transportation, travelling salesman,

sequencing

CO 5: Solve the problems mentioned in point 4 using linear programming approach using

software.

CO 6: Understand different queuing situations and find the optimal solutions using models for

different situations.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Section A

Nature and development of Operations Research: some mathematical preliminaries, OR and

managerial decision making, OR applications in industrial and non-industrial fields.

Linear Optimization Models: formulation of linear programming problem, graphical solution,

sensitivity analysis in graphical solution, comparison of graphical and simplex algorithm,

simplex algorithm, computational procedure in simplex, penalty method, two phase method,

degeneracy, duality and its concept, application of LP model to product mix and production

scheduling problems.

Section B

The transportation model: solution methods, balanced and unbalanced problems, Vogel’s

approximation method, degeneracy in transportation problems. Assignment problem, methods

for solving assignment problems. The traveling salesman problem. Numerical on

transportation, assignment and traveling salesman method. Computer algorithms for solution to

LP problems.

Dynamic programming problems: model formulation, computational procedures, solution

in different stages.

Game theory

Use terminology, Rules for Game theory , Saddle point, Mixed Strategies (2X2 Games), Mixed

Strategies (2Xn Games or mX2 Games),Mixed Strategies (3X3 Games)

Page 58: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 58 of 179

Section C

Waiting line models: queuing systems and concepts, various types of queuing situations,

single server queues withpoison arrivals and exponential service times, finite queue length

model, industrial applications of queuing theory.

Sequencing models

Sequencing Problems, Processing n jobs through two Machines, Processing n jobs through

three Machines, Processing two jobs through n Machines, Processing n jobs through m

Machines,

TEXT BOOKS

1. Taha,H A, “Operations Research - An Introduction”, Sixth Edition, Prentice Hall of

India Private Limited, N. Delhi, 2004.

2. Hillier, F S, “Operations Research”, First Indian Edition, CBS Publishers &

Distributors, Delhi, 1994.

3. Mustafi C K, “Operations Research”, Third Edition, New Age International Pvt. Ltd.,

New Delhi, 1996.

4. Gupta P K, & Hira D.S., “Operations Research”, Third Edition, S Chand & Company

Ltd., New Delhi, 2005.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Wagner H M, “Principles of Operations Research”, Second Edition, Prentice Hall of

India Private Limited, New Delhi, 2003.

ONLINE RESOURSES

1. Introduction to Operations Research, NPTEL course, Prof. G. Srinivasan Department of

Management Studies IIT Madras, http://nptel.ac.in/courses/110106062

2. Advanced Operations Research, NPTEL course Prof. G. Srinivasan Department of

Management Studies IIT Madras, https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112106131/1

Page 59: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 59 of 179

IPPC-306 Simulation of Production Systems [3 0 0 3

Course Objectives

This subject provides students with the basic system concept and definitions of system; the

practical concepts of different types of distribution and their relevance to represent real life

data; techniques to model and to simulate various systems; and the ability to analyse a system,

to make use of the information to improve the performance and to learn how the system would

perform in its working environment.

Course Outcomes

CO1: The students will be able to apply the knowledge of probability concepts to understand

system concept

CO2: The students will be able understand the behaviour of a system and apply functional

modelling methods to design the activities of a system.

CO 3: The students will be able to simulate the operation of a system and make improvements

in the working of system according to the simulation results.

CO 4: The students will be able to apply modern simulation technology methods for problem

solving under different types of real life complex problems of business and industry.

SYLLABUS

Section A

Introduction to simulation: Concept of System, Model and Simulation, Types of Systems,

Classification of simulation models, Advantages and disadvantages of simulation, Basic

definitions and Parameters, Time Advance Mechanism, Components of a Simulation Model,

Program Organization and Logic, Steps in a Simulation Study, Examples of Simulation

Statistical models in Simulation: Review of terminology and concepts, Probabilistic and

statistical models in simulation. Introduction to some discrete and continuous probability

distributions including Bernoulli, Poisson, Geometric, Uniform, Exponential, Gamma, Erlang,

Normal, and Triangular distributions. Relevance to simulation modelling.

Section B

Random Numbers, Generation of Random Numbers, Issues and Challenges in Congruential

Generators, Testing of Random Numbers, Generation of Random Variates, Problem Solving on

Random Number and Random Variate Generation,

Analysis of simulation data: Input Modelling: Identifying Distributions with Data, estimating

parameters, Goodness-of-Fit Tests & Assessing Sample Dependence, Multivariate Input

Models, Problem Solving on Input Modelling

Problem Solving on Statistical Models in Simulation: Characteristics of a Queueing System,

Performance Measures of Queueing System, Analysis and simulation of Queueing System and

Inventory Problems using Monte Carlo method.

Page 60: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 60 of 179

Section C

Output Analysis: Introduction, Comparison of Alternative System Configurations, Confidence

Intervals for Comparing More than Two Systems, Problem Solving on Output Analysis of

Single and Alternative Systems, Variance reduction techniques.

Simulation of Manufacturing & Material Handling System: Introduction, Issues in Material

Handling System, Modelling of System Randomness: Machine Downtime, Verification of

Simulation Models, Problem Solving & Case Studies on Simulation of Manufacturing System

using Simulation Software

Books Recommended:

1. Gray Beal, Wajne J and Pooch U W, “Simulation Principles & Methods”, Winthrop

Publishing Incorporate.

2. Severance Frank, “System Modelling and Simulation”, John Wiley and Sons, 2005

3. Banks, Carson, Nelson and Nicole, “Discrete Event System Simulation”, Pearson

Education, Asia, 2009.

4. Hopp W.J. and Spearman M.L., Factory Physics, Mc-Graw Hill Higher Education,

2000.

5. Kelton W.D., Sadowski R.P., and Swets N.B., Simulation with Arena, Mc-Graw-Hill,

2010.

6. Averill M. Law, Simulation Modeling and Analysis, Mcgraw-hill, 2014

Page 61: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 61 of 179

IPPC- 308 Non-Conventional Machining [3 0 0 3]

Course Objective

The objective of the course is to provide the knowledge of non-traditional manufacturing

processes such as; Ultrasonic machining, Abrasive machining processes, Electrochemical

machining, Electro discharge machining & their modifications to the students. Also to introduce

them about the advanced topics such as; Laser beam welding/machining, Electron beam

welding/machining & state of the art in various research areas.

Course Outcomes

After completing the course students will be able to

CO1: Students will be able to categorize different advanced machining methods as per the

requirements of material being used to manufacture end product.

CO2: Students will be able to select material processing technique with the aim of quality of

product required, and rate of material removal attain.

CO3: Students will be able to identify the process parameters affecting the product quality in

various advanced machining of metals/ non-metals, ceramics and composites.

CO4: Students will be able to combine & develop novel hybrid non-traditional manufacturing

techniques from the available conventional and advanced methods.

CO5: Students will be able to perform process analysis taking into account the various responses

considered in a process under study.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Introduction: Types of Non-conventional machining processes; Evolution, need, and

classification of Non-conventional machining processes (NCMPs).

Mechanical Type NCMPs: Ultrasonic Machining (USM), Abrasive Jet Machining (AJM),

Water Jet Machining (WJM), Abrasive Water Jet Machining (AWJM) processes: Process

principle and elements; Tool design; Mechanism of material removal, several input process

variables and parametric analysis; Shape and material applications; Operational characteristics;

Limitations.

Advanced Fine Finishing Process: Abrasive Flow Machining; Magnetic Abrasive Finishing;

Magneto Rheological Abrasive Finishing: Process principle, process equipment; Analysis and

modeling of finishing mechanism; Parametric analysis; Applications.

Chemical Type NCMPs: Process principle and details of Chemical Machining; Photo-

Chemical Machining, and Bio-Chemical Machining processes. Mechanics of material removal,

Influential process parameters.

Electro Chemical Type NCMPs: Electro-Chemical Machining (ECM)-Process principle,

mechanism of material removal; Kinematics and dynamics of ECM; Tooling design; Choice

and analysis of process parameters; Surface finish and accuracy.

Thermal Type NCMPs: Electrical Discharge Machining (EDM), Laser Beam Machining

(LBM), Electron Beam Machining (EBM), Ion Beam Machining (IBM), Plasma Arc

Machining (PAM) processes: Working principle; Power circuits; Mechanism of material

removal; Process parameters and characteristics; Surface finish and accuracy: Shape and

materials applications, limitations.

Page 62: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 62 of 179

Derived and Hybrid NCMPs: Introduction of processes like rotary ultra-sonic machining,

electro stream drilling, shaped tube electro machining, wire electro discharge machining,

electro chemical grinding, electro chemical honing, electro chemical deburring, electrical

discharge diamond grinding, and electro-chemical spark machining.

Misc. Topics: Process selection and process planning for NCMPs.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Ghosh, A., and Mallik, A.K., “Manufacturing Science”, Affiliated East-West Press

2. Benedict, G.F., “Nontraditional Manufacturing Processes”, Marcel Dekker

3. McGeough, J.A., “Advance Method of Machining”, Chapman and Hall

4. Mishra, P.K., “Nonconventional Machining”, Narosa Publishing House

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Pandey, P.C., and Shan, H.S., “Modern Machining Processes”, Tata McGraw-Hill

2. Jain, V.K., “Advanced Machining Processes”, Allied Publishers

Page 63: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 63 of 179

IPPC- 310 Production Systems Lab. [0 0 2 1]

Course Objective

To provide students an opportunity to learn to use the methods of modelling and simulation as a

tool to improve the effectiveness of production systems.

Course Outcomes

After completing the course students will be able to

CO1: appreciate the power of Modelling and Simulation as a tool for the planning and design of

Production Systems

CO2: use MS Excel for simulation of simpler problems of Production Systems

CO3: use advanced software for discrete event system simulation

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

Students are expected to complete at least 8 of the following exercises:

1. To find the value of pi using Monte-carlo method on MS Excel

2. To find the value of some integration functions using MS Excel

3. PDF generation of various probability distributions using MS Excel

4. To solve a discrete event system simulation problem using MS Excel

5. Understanding the environment and features of discrete event simulation software

FlexSim.

6. Practice of modelling, simulation and optimization for Planning of a Product Layout

using FlexSim

7. Practice of modelling, simulation and optimization for Planning of a process layout

using FlexSim

8. Practice of modelling, simulation and optimization for Planning of a cellular Layout

using FlexSim

9. Understanding the environment and modelling language syntax of a standard

optimization software (lindo/lingo/tora/wha’s best excel add-on/ solver etc.)

10. Practice of modelling and optimisation of production planning related problems

considering space and time complexity.

11. Practice of some standard optimization problems like Knapsack, cargo loading,

traveling salesman problem etc.

TEXT BOOKS

1. User manuals of respective software’s

Page 64: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 64 of 179

7TH

SEMESTER

IPPC-401 Materials Management [3 1 0 4]

Course Objective(s)

To train the students for working as materials managers by providing them knowledge about

effective and efficient purchase, different inventory policies and models, effective and efficient

stores management, modern techniques like JIT and MRP.

Course Outcomes

CO1: Develop an ability to perform the role of a materials manager in an organization.

CO2: Shall be able to manage the activities of materials manager like purchasing, inventory

analysis, storage etc.in a scientific manner.

CO3: Shall be able to improve due date performance through use of MRP techniques with in

capacity constraints.

CO4: Shall be able to analyse the inventory situation of a company and suggest improvements.

CO5: Shall be able to practice material planning through modern materials management tools

like JIT, DBR etc.

CO6: To lead the teams for effective decision making and coordinate to effect purchase at

minimum cost.

CO7: Understand ethical issues in purchasing and negotiations.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Section A

Integrated approach to materials management: Introduction, materials productivity and role

of materials management techniques in improved materials productivity. Cost reduction and

value improvement, value analysis for right choice and rationalization of materials.

Purchasing function: Objectives, purchase requisitions, types of specification, centralized

versus decentralized purchasing, timing of purchases. Purchasing research, identification of

right sources of supplies. Make or buy decisions, vender selection and vender rating.

Negotiations, purchase price analysis and price determination. Purchasing organization,

procedures, forms, records and reports. Purchasing as a dynamic profession, transition to

supply management, reverse auctioning.

Inventory management: Inventory concepts, reasons for holding inventory, types of

inventory, inventory reduction tactics. Inventory turnover ratio. Selective Inventory

management: ABC, VED, and FSN analysis etc., identifying critical items with selective

inventory management.

Section B

Operating policies: continuous review system, periodic review system, comparative

advantages and disadvantages of continuous and periodic review systems, hybrid systems.

Inventory management across the organization.

Optimizing Inventory: Assumptions for Wilson’s lot size model, inventory costs, hidden

costs, composition of costs, estimation of inventory related costs, lead time, stock out point,

number of time periods, calculating Economic Order Quantity (EOQ), sensitivity analysis of

EOQ model.

Page 65: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 65 of 179

Special inventory models: Finite replenishment rate model, lot size models with planned

backlogging, generalized model with uniform replenishment rate, inventory model with lost

sales, quantity discount model, one period decisions. Determination of safety stock, service

level and uncertainty in demand. Information systems for inventory management.

Section C

Stores management: Introduction, stores functions, stores organization, stores systems and

procedures, stores accounting and verification systems, stores address systems, stores location

and layout, store equipment.

Materials Requirement Planning: Independent vs Dependent demand, Ordering &

Manufacturing lead times, inputs to MRP, MRP processing, MRP record, basic MRP logic. Lot

sizing rules, Lot for lot ordering policy, MRP output reports, benefits of MRP, safety stock in

MRP, evolution of MRP.

Waste Management: Taxonomy of waste, functional elements of waste management, stage-

wise waste reduction, identification of causes of material waste at different stages, prevention

strategies, corrective strategies, disposal of waste/surplus material

TEXT BOOK(S)

1. Arnold and Chapman “Introduction to Materials Management”, Pearson Education

Asia.

2. Dobler Donald W., Burt David N., “Purchasing and Supply Management”, Tata

McGraw Hill.

1.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Narsimhan, Mcleavey & Billington, “Production Planning & Inventory Control”,

Prentice Hall of India.

2. Menon K S, “Purchasing and Inventory Control”, Wheeler Publishing New Delhi.

3. Krajewski L J and Ritzman L P, “Operations Management”, Pearson Education Asia.

ONLINE RESOURSES

1. Industrial Engineering, NPTEL course by Prof. Pradip Kumar et al., Department of

Mechanical & Industrial Engineering, Indian Institute of Technology (IIT), Roorkee,

https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112107143/36

2. Project and Production Management, NPTEL course by Prof. Arun Kanda, Department

of Mechanical Engineering, Indian Institute of Technology, Delhi,

https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112102106/

Page 66: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 66 of 179

IPPC-403 Engineering Economy [3 1 0 4]

Course Objective

This course will introduce various concepts and methods of economic analysis in engineering,

including the time value of money and its effect on economic decisions, economic equivalence,

economic measures of worth, cash flow analysis, equipment depreciation, effects of inflation,

decision making under uncertainty, capital budgeting, replacement decisions, and benefit-cost

analysis.

Course Outcomes

After completing the course students will be able to

CO 1: The students will understand the basic concepts and terminology used in Engineering

Economics

CO 2: The students will be able to use the concepts of cash flows, time value of money in

evaluation of investments and other projects in real life

.CO 3: The students will be able to compare and evaluate alternatives based on present worth,

annual rate of return, and benefit over cost analyses

CO 4: The students will be able to identify and analyse the impact of depreciation, taxation and

other economic factors on feasibility of real life projects.

CO 5: The students will be able to recognize the economic impact of engineering solutions and

Conduct sensitivity analysis on key compounding parameters, so as make financially prudent

decisions in everyday life.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Section A

Engineering Costs – Fixed, Variable, Marginal & Average Costs, Sunk Costs, Opportunity

Costs, Recurring and Nonrecurring Costs, Incremental Costs, Cash Costs vs Book Costs, Life-

Cycle Costs.

Cash Flow & Rate of Return Analysis- Cash Flow and Cash Flow Diagrams, Time Value of

Money, Debt repayment, Nominal & Effective Interest; Cash Flow– Calculations, Treatment of

Salvage Value, Annual Cash Flow Analysis, Interest formulae for Discrete compounding and

discrete payments- Gradient Series factors, Internal Rate of Return, Calculating Rate of Return,

Future Worth Analysis, Benefit-Cost Ratio Analysis, Cost Volume Profit Analysis, Break even

analysis.

Section B

Inflation And Price Change – Types of Index, Price Change with Indexes, Use of Price

Indexes In Engineering Economic Analysis, Effect Of Inflation & Deflation, Present Worth

Analysis, Effect of Inflation on economic evaluations; Effect of taxation on economic studies,

income tax analysis, Uncertainty In Future Events - Estimates and Their Use in Economic

Analysis, Range Of Estimates, Probability, Joint Probability Distributions, Expected Value,

Decision making Process, Decision making under Risk and uncertainty, Economic Decision

Trees.

Depreciation - Basic Concepts, Depreciation Calculation Fundamentals, Basic methods of

computing depreciation - Straight-Line Depreciation and Declining Balance Depreciation,

Evaluations of depreciation methods.

Page 67: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 67 of 179

Section C

Replacement Analysis - Replacement Analysis Decision Map, Replacement due to

deterioration (with and without time value of money), obsolescence, inadequacy, replacement

of items that fail suddenly and completely; Individual and Group Replacement policies;

Economic Life of cyclic replacements.

Accounting – Basic Accounting concepts and conventions, corporate financial statements-

Trading account, Balance Sheet, Income Statement; Financial Ratios

TEXT BOOKS

1. James L.Riggs,David D. Bedworth, Sabah U. Randhawa : Economics for Engineers 4e ,

Tata McGraw-Hill.

2. Donald Newnan, Ted Eschembach, Jerome Lavelle: Engineering Economics Analysis,

OUP.

3. John A. White, Kenneth E.Case,David B.Pratt : Principle of Engineering Economic

Analysis, John Wiley.

4. Sullivan and Wicks: Engineering Economy, Pearson Education.

5. R.Paneer Seelvan: Engineering Economics, PHI.

6. .Degarmo, Sullivan & Canada : Engineering Economy, Collier Macmillan

REFERENCE BOOKS

Michael R Lindeburg : Engineering Economics Analysis, Professional Pub

ONLINE RESOURSES

Engineering Economic Analysis, NPTEL course, Prof. Pradeep Kumar Jha, Department of

Mechanical & Industrial Engineering, IIT Roorkee, nptel.ac.in/courses/112107209

Page 68: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 68 of 179

8TH

SEMESTER

IPPC-402 Project Management [3 1 0 4]

Course Objectives

With increasing technological and scientific advances, the efficient and effective planning

and implementation of major projects is becoming increasingly complex and critical. This

course is aimed at providing both basic and some advanced exposure to enable the manager

of tomorrow to successfully complete sophisticated projects within the constraints of capital,

time, and other resources.

Course Outcomes

CO 1: To develop an ability to apply the concepts of project, life cycle, and systems

approach.

CO 2: To develop competency in project scoping, work definition, and work breakdown

structure (WBS).

CO 3: To handle the complex tasks of time estimation and project scheduling, including

PERT and CPM and tool like MS Project.

CO 4: To exhibit competencies in project costing, budgeting, and financial appraisal in real

life problems.

CO 5: Shall be able to exercise project control and management through various tools of cost

and schedule variance analysis.

CO 6: Shall be able to demonstrate leadership qualities required for effective governance of

projects.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Section A

Introduction: Concept & definition of a project, categories of projects, project life cycle

phases, project visibility, roles & responsibilities of project manager. Drivers of PM, Measures

of Success of a project, Project Identification and screening, SWOT analysis selection of a

project, project rating index. Project appraisals; financial aspects, project cash flows, social

cost-benefit analysis.

Project Planning: Project representation, A-O-A, A-O-N, project specifications, works

breakdown structure. Contract planning, Organization planning, project vs. non-project

organization, matrix form of organization. \Selection of personnel. Controlling, directing,

coordination and delegation.

Section B

Project Scheduling: Gantt chart, milestone chart. Network scheduling terminology. Path

enumeration, Activity on node & activity on arc network precedence diagrams: dummy

activities, topological ordering, redundancy, and cycles. Isolating critical path: multiple critical

paths. Determination of float: total float, safety float, free float, and independent float. The

CPM model.

The PERT Model: event orientation, uncertainty, the PERT assumptions, expected times for

activities, variability of activity times, expected length of critical path, due date probability.

Invoking central limit theorem. Time-cost trade-off and generation of the project cost curve in

deterministic networks. Computerized project management. Other network-based techniques –

minimal spanning tree technique, shortest route technique.

Page 69: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 69 of 179

Section C

Time and cost considerations: cost versus time, straight-line approximation of variation of

cost with reduction in time for activities, direct and indirect costs. Contracting the network:

fixed project duration and corresponding total cost, optimum project duration and minimum

project cost, project cost curve.

Controlling projects: cumulative costs for early and late start schedules range of feasible

budgets, graphic display of cost and time data, time and cost overrun or under run in projects,

Cost Performance Index and Schedule Performance Index.

Limited resources scheduling: the complexity of the project scheduling with limited

resources, heuristic programs, resource leveling and resource allocation in project scheduling.

Information requirements for projects, project management software based application.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Kerzner Harold, “Project Management - A Systems Approach to Planning, Scheduling

and Controlling”, CBS Publishers Delhi, Second edition (2002).

2. Weist Jerome D and Ferdinand K. Levy, “A Management Guide to PERT/CPM with

GERT/PDM/DCPM and other networks”, Prentice-Hall of India New Delhi, Second

edition (2003)

3. Parsanna Chandra, “Project Planning, Analysis, Selection, Implementation and

Review”, Tata McGraw Hill, Fourth Edition (2002)

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Srinath L.S., “PERT & CPM Principles and Applications”, Affiliated East- West Press

Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, Third Edition (1993)

2. Ghattas R G and Sandra L Mckee, “Practical Project Management” Pearson Education

Asia, First edition (2004).

3. Meredith and Mantel, Project Management, 2001.

4. PMI, A guide to Project Management body of knowledge, 2000.

ONLINE RESOURSES

1. Advanced Heat and Mass Transfer, NPTEL Course, Prof. Saikat Chakraborty,

Department of Chemical Engineering, IIT Kharagpur,

https://nptel.ac.in/syllabus/103105052/

2. Heat and Mass Transfer, NPTEL Course, Prof. S. P. Sukhatme, Department of

Mechanical Engineering, Indian Institute of Technology, Bombay,

https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112101097/

Page 70: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 70 of 179

IPPC-404 Product Design and Value Engineering [3 0 0 3]

Course Objectives

The course aims at providing the basic concepts of product design, product features and its

architecture so that student can have a basic knowledge in the common features a product has

and how to incorporate them suitably in product.

Course Outcomes

The student will be able to design some products for the given set of applications; also the

knowledge gained through prototyping technology will help the student to make a prototype of

a problem and hence product design and development can be achieved.

Value Engineering Basics Origin of Value Engineering, Meaning of value, Definition of

Value Engineering and Value analysis, Difference between Value analysis and Value

Engineering, Types of Value, function - Basic and Secondary functions, concept of cost and

worth, creativity in Value Engineering.

Value Engineering Job Plan And Process Seven phases of job plan, FAST Diagram as Value

Engineering Tool, Behavioral and organizational aspects of Value Engineering, Ten principles

of Value analysis, Benefits of Value Engineering.

Identifying Customer Needs And Product Specifications Product Development process –

Product development organizations. Gather raw data – Interpret raw data- organize the needs

into a hierarchy – Relative importance of the needs. Specifications – Refining specifications.

Concept Generation, Selection And Product Architecture Clarify the problem – Search

internally – Search externally – Explore systematically. Concept Screening – Concept scoring.

Product architecture – Implication of architecture – Establishing the architecture – Related

system level design issues.

Industrial Design, Prototyping And Economics Of Product Development Need for

industrial design – Impact of industrial design – Industrial design process – Management of

industrial design process – Assessing the quality of industrial design.

Estimate the manufacturing cost – Reduce the component cost – Reduce the assembly cost –

Reduce the support cost – Impact of DFM decisions on other factors. Principles of prototyping

– Planning for prototypes. Elements of economic analysis – Base – Case financial model –

Sensitivity analysis – Influence of the quantitative factors.

Page 71: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 71 of 179

TEXT BOOKS

1. Karal, T.Ulrich Steven D.Eppinger, “Product Design and Development”, McGraw Hill,

International Editions, 2003.

2. Mudge, Arthur E. “Value Engineering”- A systematic approach, McGraw Hill, New

York, 2000.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. S.Rosenthal, “Effective Product Design and Development”, Irwin, 1992.

2. Charles Gevirtz, “Developing New products with TQM”, McGraw Hill, International

Editions, 1994.

ONLINE RESOURSES

1. Product design and Development, NPTEL course, Prof. Inderdeep Singh, Department

of Mechanical and Industrial Engineering Indian Institute of Technology (IIT),

Roorkee. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc17_me16/preview

Page 72: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 72 of 179

Program Elective Courses

IPPE-431 Occupational Health and Safety [3 0 0 3]

Course Objectives

The main objective of this course is to make the students aware of occupational health and

safety issues in the industries, environmental laws, safety management laws and their

applications. The course also outlines the conventional and advanced strategies for occupational

protection, and occupational health assessment methods.

Course Outcomes

CO1. Students will understand the basic laws related to environmental and safety management

in the industries.

CO2. Students will be able to formulate and implement new strategies for assuring health and

safety issues in the industries.

CO3. Students will learn the compliance requirements for the industries as per the existing

regulations such as Factory Act.

CO4. Students will be able to make appropriate decisions for w.r.t. factors affecting

occupational health.

CO5. Students will be able to create awareness the humans during assessment of health hazards

in their working environment

CO6. Students will be able to contribute towards making efficient and more comfortable

occupational Environment.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Overview of industrial safety; Management’s responsibilities in health and safety. Hazard

identification and risk assessment techniques. Accident investigations, Root cause analysis,

Reporting of occupational accidents, injuries and diseases, General considerations for

preventive and protective measures. Implementing a safety and risk management programmer.

Job Safety Analysis, Safety Audit, Safety performance Indexing, PPE, Machine guarding,

Behavior Based Safety at work place. Overview of industrial safety; Management’s

responsibilities in health and safety. Accident causation models, Accident investigation, Root

cause analysis, reporting of occupational accidents, injuries and diseases, General

considerations for preventive and protective measures, Confined space work, Working at

height, PPE, Machine guarding, Behavior Based Safety at work place.

What is Health; Various components of Health; Factors Influencing Health and Hygiene; Threshold Limit Value (TLV), Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL) and assessment w.r.t Noise,

Heat Stress and RSPM; Systemic Disorders; Occupational Diseases; Auditory and Respiratory

Health, Emergency and Post Emergency Measures; Industrial Sanitation and Personal Hygiene;

Occupational Health Services; Stress Related Health Problems. Work Posture Assessment,

Musculoskeletal disorders, Strain Index, Lifting Equation, Occupational Audiometry.

Cardiovascular health

Page 73: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 73 of 179

TEXTBOOKS

1. Daugherty Jack E, Industrial Safety Management: A Practical Approach, Government

Institutes, 1999.

2. Reese Charles D, Occupational health and safety management, CRC Press, 2003.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. National Safety Council, Accident Prevention Manual, 12th Edition, NSC, 2000.

2. Plog B A and P J Quinlan (Editors), Fundamental of Industrial Hygiene, National

Safety Council, 5th Edition, 2001.

3. Balge Marci Z and Gary R Krieger (Editors), Occupational Safety and Health, National

Safety Council, 3rd Edition, 2000.

4. Jeremy W. Stranks, “Handbook of Health and safety Practice” Pitman Publishing, 1994.

5. Dharmendra S Sengar, “ Environmental law” Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.

6. Maryanne Maltby, “Occupational Audiometry” Butterworth-Heinemann Immprint of

Elsevier

ONLINE RESOURSES

https://vimeopro.com › Kitney OHS › Videos

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Lwc4IYKIHBo

Page 74: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 74 of 179

IPPE- 432 Maintenance And Reliability Engineering [3 0 0 3]

Course Objective

This course is designed to introduce basic concepts of maintenance and reliability to the

students, to introduce various methods of reliability analysis with real time problems with

constraints and to make understanding the applications of Reliability and Maintenance analysis

in different types of systems.

Course Outcomes

After completing the course students will be able to

CO1:The students will be able to use statistical tools to characterise the reliability of an item

and determine the reliability of a system, and will also understand the application of

maintenance strategies in a manufacturing environment.

CO2: The students will be able to establish maintenance strategies according to system

characteristics and design transition programs to implement these strategies.

CO3: The students will develop ability in formulating suitable maintenance strategies to

enhance system reliability of a manufacturing system.

CO4: Student will be able to apply concepts of TPM, RCM, & FMECA in managing the

manufacturing organisation with highest possible levels of reliability/ availability

CO5: Student will be able to learn about assessing the condition of the complex industrial

systems

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Section A

Basic concepts of Reliability: Concept, Terms, objectives, applications, area of use, use of

reliability in industry. Introduction to Probability Concepts.

Basic Reliability Models: The Reliability function, mean time to failures, hazard rate function,

bath tub curve, conditional reliability, probability density function, failure rate, failure density,

hazard rate, uncertainty measures.

Constant and time dependant failure models: Exponential, weibull, normal and lognormal

distributions

Reliability of systems: Series and parallel-connected systems, Concept of redundancy, k out

of n standby system, objectives, applications, redundant standby systems, system structure

functions, minimal cuts and minimal paths, common mode failures, three state devices.

Determination of reliability (state dependant systems), Markov analysis, load sharing

system, standby systems, degraded systems, Reliability allocation with redundancies.

Section B

Failure Analysis: Introduction to failure mode and effect analysis, FMEA and FMECA,

criticality analysis, Fault tree diagram, event tree.

Availability: concept and definitions, availability models, system availability.

Introduction to Maintenance: Objectives and importance of maintenance, Functions of

Maintenance, maintainability vs. maintenance.

Page 75: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 75 of 179

Section C

Types of maintenance: Corrective, Breakdown, Predictive, Replacement, Preventive and

Proactive maintenance strategies, Preventive maintenances v/s. repair, Computerized

Maintenance Management System, Reliability under preventive maintenance.

Design for Maintainability: Quantifiable measures of maintainability, maintainability

management tasks during the product life cycle, life cycle costing, life cycle cost estimation

models, spare parts management

Introduction to TPM and RCM

Condition Monitoring: C.M. techniques, performance monitoring, temperature monitoring,

thermography, leakage monitoring, vibration monitoring, lubricant monitoring, Motor current

signature analysis

TEXT BOOKS

1. Clifton R H, “Principles of Planned Maintenance”, McGraw Hill, New York, 2001.

2. Ebling CE, “An introduction to Reliability And. Maintainability Engineering” Tata Mc

Graw Hill, Delhi, 2004.

3. Srinath L S “Reliability Engineering”, Affiliated East-West Press Limited, New Delhi,

2002.

4. Dhillon B S, “Engineering Maintainability”, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2000. 5.

Wireman Terry, “Preventive Maintenance”, Reston Publishing Company, Reston

Virginia, 1998.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Ebling CE, “An introduction to Reliability And. Maintainability Engineering” Tata Mc

Graw Hill, Delhi, 2004

2. Srivastava SK, “Maintenance engineering (Principles, Practices and Management)” S.

Chand, New Delhi-2011

ONLINE RESOURSES

https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112107142/28

Page 76: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 76 of 179

IPPE-433 Supply Chain Management (3 0 0 3)

Course Objectives

The objective of the course is to provide the student the knowledge of strategic importance of

good supply chain design, planning, and operation for every firm. How good supply chain

management can be a competitive advantage, what weaknesses in the supply chain can hurt the

performance of a firm. The role of e-businesses in supply chain management. Various key

Drivers of supply chain performance and how these drivers can be used in practical level.

Knowledge of various distribution networks and their applications.

Course Outcomes

CO1. Students will be able to apply the knowledge of Linear Programming to find optimal

solutions of Supply Chain & Logistics related problems.

CO2.Students will be able to Interpret and apply the concepts of logistics and supply chain

management in improving other functional areas of business organizations.

CO3. Students will be able to understand different types of distribution networks and design a

network for meeting a particular strategy of an organization

CO4. Students will have sufficient knowledge to develop models and solve problems by using

tools such as Solver, Lingo Etc. and develop interest for research & higher education.

CO5. Students will be able to improve the performance of existing Supply Chains by

developing a better decision support system

CO6. Students will be able to save resources for the organizations & make Supply Chains

environmental friendly

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Section A

Understanding Supply Chain: Objectives of supply chain, stages of supply chain, supply

chain process cycles, customer order cycle, replenishment cycle, manufacturing cycle,

procurement cycle, push/pull view of supply chain processes, importance of supply chain

flows, examples of supply chain.

Supply Chain Performance: supply chain strategies, achieving strategic fit, product life cycle,

the minimize local cost view, the minimize functional cost view, the maximize company profit

view, the maximize supply chain surplus view.

Supply Chain Drivers and Obstacles: Four drivers of supply chain – inventory,

transportation, facilities, and information, a framework for structuring drivers, role of each

driver in supply chain, obstacles to achieve strategic fit.

Information Technology in Supply chain: Enabling supply chain through IT, ERP vendor

platform, service oriented architecture (SOA), RFID.

Section B

Network Design: Factors influencing distribution in network design, distribution networks in

practice, framework for network design decisions, models for facility location and capacity

allocation, making network design decisions in practice.

Global Supply Chain Networks: Risk management in global supply chains, Impact of

uncertainty on global network design, Evaluation of global supply chain design decision under

uncertainty, discounted cash flow analysis, representation of uncertainty, evaluating networks

using decision trees, illustration through practical examples.

Page 77: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 77 of 179

Demand Forecasting: Role of forecasting in supply chain, Time series forecasting methods,

Measures of forecast errors.

Aggregate Planning in Supply Chains: Role of aggregate planning in a supply chain,

aggregate planning strategies, aggregate planning using linear programming and problem

solving using solver, practical problems concerning aggregate planning.

Managing Economies of Scale in a Supply Chain: Role of cycle inventory in a supply chain,

various costs associated with inventory management, deterministic models and discounts,

probabilistic inventory management.

Section C

Transportation in a Supply Chain: Facilities affecting transportation decisions, modes of

transportation and their performance characteristics, design options for a transport network,

trade-offs in transportation decision, tailored transportation, routing and scheduling in

transportation, making transportation decisions in practice.

Optimum Level of Product Availability: Importance of the level of product availability,

factor affecting optimal level of product availability, managerial levers to improve the supply

chain profitability.

Sourcing Decisions in Supply Chains: Role of sourcing in supply chains, supplier assessment,

design collaboration, sourcing planning and analysis, market sourcing decisions in practice.

Coordination in a Supply Chain: Lack of supply chain coordination and the Bullwhip effect,

effect of lack of coordination on performance, obstacles to coordination, managerial levers to

achieve coordination, achieving coordination in practice.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. Chopra Sunil, Meindl Peter, “Supply Chain Management – Strategy, planning and

Operation’s”, Pearson Education, Asia (2007).

2. Christopher Martin, “Logistics and Supply Chain Management”, Pearson Education

Asia, (2004).

3. Kapoor K K, Kansal Purva, “Marketing logistics: A Supply Chain Approach”, Pearson

Education Asia (2003).

4. Benjamin S Blanchard, Logistics Engineering and Management, Pearson Education,

Asia (2005)

5. Buffa, “Modern Production/Operations Management”, Wiley Eastern Ltd. (2000).

6. Levi D. S., Kaminsky P. and Levi E. S., “Designing and Managing the Supply Chain:

Concepts, Strategies, and Case Studies”, McGraw Hill Inc. New York, 2000

ONLINE RESOURSES

WWW.nptel.ac.in/courses/112107143/

Page 78: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 78 of 179

IPPE-434 Finite Element Analysis [3 0 0 3]

Course Objectives

The basic objective of this course to equip the students with the Finite Element Analysis

fundamentals and to

introduce basic aspects of finite element technology, including domain discretization,

polynomial interpolation,

application of boundary conditions to enable students to formulate the design problems into

FEA.

Course Outcomes

CO1. Students shall be able to demonstrate basic steps involved in FEA.

CO2. Students shall be able to formulate simple problems into finite elements.

CO3. Students shall be able to solve structural, thermal, fluid flow problems.

CO4. Students should be able to use professional-level finite element software students shall be

able to solve engineering problems in Solid mechanics, fluid mechanics and heat transfer.

CO5. Students shall be able to derive element matrix equation by different methods by

applying basic laws in mechanics and integration by parts.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Section A

Basic concepts: Variational and Residual Methods-Introduction - Different approaches in

Finite Element Method -Direct Stiffness approach, simple examples Variational approach,

Elements of variational calculus – Euler’s LaGrange equation, Rayliegh Ritz method, Weighted

Residual methods, Point Collation method, Sub domain Collation method, Galerius method -

Steps involved in FEM.

Section B

Elements and Interpolation Functions: Elements and coordinate system –Interpolation

Polynomials – Linear elements Shape function - Analysis of simply supported beam - Element

and Global matrices - Two dimensional elements, triangular and rectangular elements - Local

and Natural Co-ordinate systems.

Finite Element Solution of Field Problems: Field problems – Finite element formation of

field problems - Classification of partial differential equations - Quasiharmonic equation -

Steady state problems - Eigen value problems - Propogation problems - Examples, Torsional

problem – Fluid flow and Heat transfer problems – Acoustic vibrations – Application in

manufacturing problems – metal cutting and metal forming.

Section C

Finite Element Solution of Structural Problems: Solid mechanic problems – Finite element

formulation of solid mechanic problems - Axial force member - element matrices for axial

force members - Truss element analysis of pinned truss - Two dimensional elasticity problems.

Higher Order Elements and Numerical Methods: Numerical method and computer

implementation –Numerical method in FEM and Computer implementation. Evaluation of

shape functions - One dimensional & triangular elements, Quadrilateral elements,

Isoparametric elements - Numerical Integration, Gauss Legendre quadrature - Solution of finite

element equations - Cholesky decomposition, Skyline storage - Computer implementation- Use

of FEM software.

Page 79: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 79 of 179

BOOKS RECOMMENDED

1. Larry J Segerlind ,“ Applied Finite Element Analysis”, John Wiley, 1984

2. Bathe, K.J., “Finite Element Procedures”, Prentice Hall, 1994.

3. Huebner,K.H. and Thornton, E.A., “The Finite Element Method for Engineers”, John

Wiley, 1982.

4. Reddy,J.N., “Introduction to Finite Element Method”, McGraw Hill, 1993.

5. S.S.Rao, “The Finite element method”, Elsevier.

6. Zienkiewich . O.C., and Taylor . R.L., “The Finite Element Method”, McGraw

Hill,1991.

Page 80: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 80 of 179

IPPE-435 Fracture Mechanics [3 0 0 3]

Course Objectives

The objective of this course is to introduce the mathematical and physical principles of fracture

mechanics and their applications to engineering design to develop the ability in students to

compute the stress intensity factor, strain energy release rate, and the stress and strain fields

around a crack tip for linear and nonlinear materials. It will also expand the students'

knowledge on experimental methods to determine the fracture toughness and develop the

students understanding on the design principle of materials and structures using fracture

mechanics approaches.

Course Outcomes

CO 1: Correctly apply fracture mechanics to predict brittle fracture. Identify and describe the

basic fracture and

fatigue mechanisms

CO 2: Understand crack resistance and energy release rate for crack criticality.

CO 3: Application of Linear Elastic Fracture Mechanics on brittle materials.

CO 4: Students shall be able to identify the plane stress and plane strain conditions based on the

shape and size of plastic zones. This concept made them capable to select the type of analysis

subjected to plane stress and plane strain condition

CO 5: Correctly identify the cause of failure of a material based on fracture surface

observations

CO 6: Understand the relationship between crack tip opening displacement, SIF and ERR and

application of such parameters for ductile and brittle materials

CO 7: Understanding of experimental techniques to determine the critical values of parameters

at crack tip

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Section A

Introduction to Fracture Mechanics: Stress-Strain Curve, Elements of dislocation theory,

Historical perspective, Stress Concentration effect of flaws, Fracture Mechanics approach to

design, Effect of material properties on fracture, Cleavage, Brittle and Ductile fracture, ductile

brittle transition, modes of fracture failure, Fatigue and stress corrosion crack growth, Damage

tolerance

Linear Elastic Fracture Mechanics: An atomic view of fracture, Griffith Energy Balance,

Energy release rate, instability and the R Curves, compliance, tearing modulus, Stress and

Displacement field in isotropic elastic materials, Airy stress function, Westergard approach for

different modes of fracture, Stress analysis of crack, Stress intensity factor (SIF), relation

between K and global behavior, Effect of finite size.

Section B

Elastic-Plastic Fracture Mechanics: Crack tip deformation and plastic zone size, plane stress

vs plane strain, effective crack length, Irwin plastic zone correction, Dugdale approach, effect

of plate thickness J Contour Integral- Relevance and scope, J as a path-independent line

integral, J as a stress intensity parameter, Stress-Strain relations, J-Controlled fracture,

Laboratory measurement of J, Crack Tip Opening Displacement (CTOD), Relationship

Page 81: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 81 of 179

between CTOD, K and G, Equivalence between CTOD and J, Determination CTOD from strip

yield model, HRR Singularity.

Section C

Fatigue Fracture: Introduction to fatigue, factors affecting fatigue performance, fatigue loading,

constant and variable amplitude loading, some characteristics of fatigue crack, Paris Law

Experimental and Finite Element Estimates of Fracture Mechanics: Experimental determination

of J-Integral,

Critical Stress intensity factor and CTOD, Photo elasticity techniques, strain gage

measurements, Fatigue crack initiation and propagation testing, Preprocessing in Finite

Element Method, Element selection and meshing of crack, Load application, constraints,

preprocessing checks, processing the model, post processing.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. Anderson T.L., Fracture Mechanics Fundamentals and Applications, CRC Press,

Second edition, 1994

2. Kumar Prashant, Elements of Fracture Mechanics, Wheelers Publishing Co. Ltd India,

Second edition, 2010

3. Hertzberg Richard W., Deformation and Fracture Mechanics of Engineering Materials,

Wiley India, Fourth Edition, 1996

4. Broek David, Elementary Engineering Fracture Mechanics, Kluwer Academic

Publishers, Fourth revised reprint edition, 1999

5. Barsom John M. and Rolfe Stanley T., Fracture and Fatigue Control in Structures:

Applications of Fracture Mechanics, ASTM USA, Third Edition, 1999

Page 82: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 82 of 179

IPPE-436 Technology Management [3 0 0 3]

Course Objectives

After completion of this course the students will be exposed to the key concepts related with

Productivity Engineering and Technology Management. Students will understand Productivity

measurement and evaluation methods, identify weak productivity areas of organizations, and

Productivity improvement techniques. Students will also be exposed to Technology

Management and Technology Transfer concepts with a country and across the countries.

Course Outcomes

CO1. The students will be able to apply the knowledge to understand Productivity of an

organization, evaluate it, and to find ways and means to improve it

CO2. Students will be able to design the systems for measuring total productivity/total factor

productivity/partial productivity in manufacturing and service sectors.

CO3. Students will be able to set the targets for meeting productivity levels and in turn improve

the performance in different functional areas.

CO4. Students will be able to apply the knowledge and understand the role of technology in

economic development

CO5. Students will be able to lead teams for effective governance and developing technology

solutions either internally or through technology transfer from outside through Licensing or

joint ventures.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Section A

Productivity Engineering: Productivity concept and definition, productivity and economic

development, impact of productivity in macro-economic context, productivity and production,

productivity and profitability, productivity and quality, productivity and technology, external

environment and productivity, total, partial and total factor productivity.

Measurement of productivity: factors affecting the productivity of any nation, GDP and GNP,

productivity at firm level, measurement approaches, total productivity model, product oriented

model, computer algorithms for measuring total and partial productivity. Productivity

measurement of services.

Section B

Productivity evaluation: Productivity evaluation and planning, methodologies for evaluation,

the productivity evaluation tree, short-term and long-term productivity planning.

Technology management: Need for managing the technology, importance of technology and

its management, role of technology in economic development, technological change in modern

society. Technology planning, technology forecasting, applications of technology forecasting

and its impact on business, technology life cycle and its importance.

Section C

Technology transfer: Technology transfer at macro and micro level, need for technology

transfer, modes of technology transfer, technology adaptation, factors affecting technology

adaptation, technology absorption, technology diffusion, technology transfer agreements,

negotiations in technology transfer, cultural differences, introduction to re-engineering,

characteristics of technology in developing countries, role of R & D department in technology

adaptation & development, implementation of acquired technology.

Page 83: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 83 of 179

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. Sumanth D J, “Productivity Engineering & Management”, McGraw Hill (1995).

2. Sink S, “Productivity Management, Planning, Measurement & Evaluation”, John Wiley,

1990

3. Smith E A, “Productivity Manual”, Gulf Publisher, 1989.

4. Fredrick Betz, “Technology Management”, McGraw Hill, 1990.

5. Coombs Rod & Richards Albert, “Technological Collaborations”, Edward Elgar

Publishing, Ltd, 1996.

Page 84: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 84 of 179

IPPE-437 Management Information System [3 0 0 3]

Course Objective

The course aims at making a student understand the importance of computer based information

system, components' of such a system and peculiarities of different stages in development of an

information system.

Course Outcomes

After completing the course students will be able to

CO1. Students will be able to apply the concepts like data, information, normalization etc. in

real life.

CO2. Students will be able to help in designing suitable information system for the specific

needs of a functional area/organization as a whole

CO3. Students will be able to analyze the errors in the flow of information in an organization

and suggest suitable system to rectify this problem.

CO4. Students will have sufficient knowledge of advanced tools like simulation and artificial

intelligence and their role in decision making process.

CO5. Students will be able to work as team leaders/co-ordinators in the team created to develop

and implement Computer based information system in an organization.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Section A

Managing the digital firm: Concepts, need and scope of Information system in business

organization, the competitive business environment and the emerging digital firm,

transformation of business enterprise, major business functions, approaches to the development

of an organization’s information system; technical approach, behavioural approach, socio –

technical approach, new options for organization design, the Network revolution, Internet and

its functions, World Wide Web, LAN etc., positive & negative impacts of information systems.

Information systems in the enterprise: Organizational levels, subsystems of information

system; operational level, knowledge level, management level and strategic level information

systems, transaction processing systems, office Automation systems, knowledge work systems,

MIS, DSS, ESS, relationship of systems to one another, systems from a functional perspective,

life cycle of information system, information interpretation.

Managing data resources: Components of computer based information system (CBIS), file

organization terms & concepts, problems with traditional file environment, Database

Management,

Knowledge management System (DBMS), types of Databases, Relational DBMS, hierarchical

& network DBMS, Object Oriented Databases, Datamining.

Page 85: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 85 of 179

Section B

Logical database design: Entity relationship diagram, Data flow, Data flow diagram,

properties of tables, update anomaly, insertion anomaly, deletion anomaly, inconsistency

anomaly, repeating groups, primary key and concatenated key, Normalisation, 1NF to 2NF to 3

NF steps, Object oriented analysis and design.

Artificial intelligence: Expert system, features of an expert system, heuristic and algorithm,

human expertise vs. artificial expertise, knowledge representation: rule-based methods frame

based methods, tasks and stages of expert system development and difficulties in developing an

expert system.

Section C

Learning SQL: Various commands in SQL, DDL, DML. Design and Development of small

projects in groups 4-5 students

TEXT BOOKS

1. Laudon Kenneth C and Laudon Jane P, “Management Information Systems”, Pearson

Education Asia.

2. Donald A Waterman, “A Guide to Expert Systems”, Pearson Education Asia.

3. Banks Jerry [et al.], “Discrete Event System Simulation”, Pearson Education Asia.

4. Davis & Olson, “Management Information Systems”, McGraw Hill International

Editions.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Parker & Case, “Management Information Systems”, McGraw Hill International

Editions.

ONLINE RESOURSES

Prof. Biswajit Mohanty, IIT Kharagpur, https://nptel.ac.in/courses/122105022/

Page 86: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 86 of 179

IPPE-438 Composite materials (3 0 0 3)

Course Objective

The objective of this course is to develop ability to identify the properties of fibre and matrix

materials used in commercial composites and some common manufacturing techniques, also to

predict the mechanical properties of both long and short fibre composites based on the

constituent properties.

Course Outcomes

After completing the course students will be able to:

CO1: Students will be able to understand the fundamentals of composite structures, select

composite materials and basic design steps.

CO2: Fiber and matrix composites and their reinforcements. Stability with reference to thermal

change, fracture and compressive strength

CO3: Predict elastic properties of long fibre and short fibre composites

CO4: Describe fundamental fabrication processes for polymer matrix, metal matrix, and ceramic

matrix composites

CO5: Describe different techniques of testing the mechanical properties of composites

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Section A

Introduction: Classifications of Engineering Materials, Concept of composite materials,

Matrix materials, Functions of a Matrix, Desired Properties of a Matrix, Polymer Matrix

(Thermosets and Thermoplastics), Metal matrix, Ceramic matrix, Carbon Matrix, Glass Matrix

etc. Types of Reinforcements/Fibers: Role and Selection or reinforcement materials, Types of

fibres, Glass fibers, Carbon fibers, Aramid fibers , Metal fibers, Alumina fibers, Boron Fibers,

Silicon carbide fibers, Quartz and Silica fibers, Multiphase fibers, Whiskers, Flakes etc.,

Mechanical properties of fibres. Material properties that can be improved by forming a

composite material and its engineering potential

Section B

Various types of composites: Classification based on Matrix Material: Organic Matrix

composites, Polymer matrix composites (PMC), Carbon matrix Composites or Carbon-Carbon

Composites, Metal matrix composites (MMC), Ceramic matrix composites (CMC);

Classification based on reinforcements: Fiber Reinforced Composites, Fiber Reinforced

Polymer (FRP) Composites, Laminar Composites, Particulate Composites, Comparison with

Metals, Advantages & limitations of Composites

Section C

Fabrication methods: Processing of Composite Materials: Overall considerations, Autoclave

curing, Other Manufacturing Processes like filament welding, compression molding, resin-

transplant method, pltrusion, pre-peg layer, Fiber-only performs, Combined Fiber-Matrix

performs, Manufacturing Techniques: Tooling and Specialty materials, Release agents, Peel

plies, release films and fabrics, Bleeder and breather plies, bagging films

Testing of Composites: Mechanical testing of composites, tensile testing, Compressive testing,

Intra-laminar shear testing, Inter-laminar shear testing, Fracture testing etc.

Page 87: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 87 of 179

TEXT BOOKS

1. Mukhopadhyay.M, “Mechanics of Composite Materials and Structures”, University

Press, India, 2004.

2. Bhargava AK,” Engineering Materials: Polymers, Ceramics and Composites”, Prentice

Hall, India, 2006.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Daniel and Ishai, “Engineering Mechanics of Composite Materials”, Oxford University

Press, 2005.

2. Jones R.M., “Mechanics of composite materials”, McGraw-Hill, Kogakusha Ltd.,

Tokyo, 1975.

3. Agarwal.B.D. and Broutman.L.J., “Analysis and Performance of fiber composites”,

John-Wiley and Sons.

4. Michael W.Hyer, “Stress Analysis of Fiber-Reinforced Composite Materials”, McGraw

Hill, 1999.

ONLINE RESOURSES

Introduction to composites, NPTEL course, Department of Mechanical Engineering IIT

Kanpur. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112104168/

Page 88: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 88 of 179

IPPE-439 Change Management [3 0 0 3]

Course Objectives

The course has been framed with the main objective of introducing the concept of change and

its management applicable to the organizations. The students shall be imparted with the

knowledge of various types of changes, reengineering, restructuring and competitiveness.

Course Outcomes

CO1: The student shall be able to plan, organize and management change in the organization.

CO2: The student shall be able to trigger change by choosing the appropriate driver thro’

creative thinking.

CO3: The student shall be able to identify obstacles to change management and make suitable

strategy to remove them.

CO4: The student shall be able to identify and analyze stepped and radical changes in the

organization.

CO5: The student shall be able to use scientific tools and theories to estimate competitiveness in

an organization.

CO6: The student shall be able to act as change agent in an organization and design the

appropriate strategy to make the change.

Section A

Problematizing organizations: Stakeholders, environment, structure, systems, culture and

people, types of change- linear and nonlinear, incremental and radical, slow and fast, systems

perspective of change, framework for conceptualizing change.

Section B

Organizational change- people, process and technology issues, restructuring of organizations,

creative destruction, role of information technology in organizational change.

Reengineering and restructuring, self-regulating evolutionary and revolutionary changes,

challenges of continuous and incremental changes, drivers of change, change agents, change

process, total change.

Section C

Competitiveness: various measures of competitiveness, relationship between change and

competitiveness,

SWOT analysis, SAP-LAP analysis, tinkering and kludging, Matrix of change,

Delphi study, implementing change: various issues and theories, impact of change, Case

studies.

Books Recommended:

1. Johnson A Edosomwan, “Organizational Transformation and Process Reengineering”,

Kogan Page Limited, London, 2000.

2. Sushil, “Flexibility in Management”, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi, 2001.

3. Bernard Burnes, “Managing Change”, Pitman Publishing Company, London, 1999.

4. John Storey, “Human Resourse and Change Management”, Blackwell Publishers, UK,

1999.

5. Stephen P Robbins, “Organizational Behaviour”, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2002.

Page 89: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 89 of 179

IPPE- 440 Smart Materials and Nano Technology (3 0 0 3)

Course Objective

Students will be taught about smart materials and their vast applications.

Students shall be introduced to basic fundamentals Nanotechnology.

Students will be exposed to technology for Processing of Nano Materials in practical meanings.

Course Outcomes

After completing the course:

CO 1: Students will be able to understand the properties and application of various types of

smart materials, the unique properties of nanomaterials to the reduce dimensionality of the

material.

CO 2: To identify sensing and actuating materials. Intelligent system with integrated sensors &

actuators.

CO 3: The students shall be able learn about the characteristic scale for quantum phenomena,

nanoparticles, nano-clusters, etc.

CO 4: Understanding electronic structure of Nano materials like quantum wells quantum dots,

quantum wires.

CO 5: Students shall be able to understand about the synthesis of nano materials, various

Silicon processing methods.

CO 6: To learn several processing techniques such as; Lithography, Photo lithography, optical

lithography, particle beam lithography.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Section A:

Introduction to Smart Materials, Principles of Piezoelectricty, Single Crystals vs Polycrystalline

Systems, Piezoelectric Polymers, Principles of Magnetostriction, Introduction to Electro-active

Materials, Electronic Materials, Electro-active Polymers, Ionic Polymer Matrix Composite

(IPMC), Shape Memory Effect, Shape Memory Alloys, Shape Memory Polymers,

Electro/Magneto Rhelological Fluids, Applications of smart-materials.

Section B:

Introduction of nanomaterials and nanotechnologies, Features of nanostructures, Background of

nanostructures, nano-clusters, clusters of rare gases, clusters of alkali metals, nanotubes,

nanowires and nanodots. Drexler-Smalley debate - realistic projections. Electronic structure:

quantum wells quantum dots, quantum wires.

Section C:

Techniques of synthesis of nanomaterials, Si processing methods: Cleaning /etching, oxidation-

oxides, Gettering, doping, epitaxy.

Top-down techniques: Photolithography, other optical lithography’s (EUV, X-ray, LIL),

particle beam lithography’s (e-beam, FIB, shadow mask evaporation), probe lithography’s.

Molecular-beam epitaxy, chemical beam epitaxy, metal-organic CVD (MOCVD). Bottom-up

techniques: Self-assembly, self-assembled monolayer, directed assembly, layer-by-layer

assembly.

Page 90: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 90 of 179

TEXT BOOKS

1. Brian Culshaw, Smart Structures and Materials, Artech House, 2000

2. Gauenzi, P., Smart Structures, Wiley, 2009

3. Nanostructures and Nanomaterials: Synthesis, Properties, and Applications (World

Scientific Series in Nanoscience and Nanotechnology) by Guozhong Cao and Ying

Wang (2011)

4. Michelle Addington, Daniel L. Schodek “Smart Materials and Technologies in

Architecture” John Wiley, 2008.

5. Vijay K. Varadan, Ahsan Hariz, Olaf Reinhold “Smart Materials, Structures, &

Integrated Systems”, Springer, 1997.

6. Bhushan, Bharat , “Handbook of Nano Technology” Springer, 2007.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Di Ventra, Massimiliano; Evoy, Stephane; Heflin, James R. “Introduction to Nanoscale

Science and Technology”, Wiley, 2006.

2. Mark J. Schulz, Ajit D. Kelkar , “Nanoengineering of Structural, Functional and Smart

Materials” CRC Press, 2005.

3. Introduction to Nanoscale Science and Technology (Nanostructure Science and

Technology) by Massimiliano Ventra, Stephane Evoy and James R. Heflin (2004)

ONLINE RESOURSES

hdvidzpro.pro/video/Smart-materials

Page 91: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 91 of 179

IPPE- 441 Non-Destructive Testing (3 0 0 3)

Course Objective

The overall objective of this course is to introduce the fundamentals of non-destructive testing

among the students and make them understand numerous types of advanced practices available

for practical industrial applications.

Course Outcomes

After completing the course students will be able to

CO1: Students shall be able to select an appropriate NDT technique as per requirement.

CO2: Students shall be able to set various process parameters and control the NDT process to

achieve the desired output parameters.

CO3: Students shall be able to find the internal flaws in the material by NDT and perform

measurement to eliminate them.

CO4: Students shall be able to solve various problems encountered like leakage, cracks,

blowholes etc with the manufacturing process by analyzing the data.

CO5: Students shall be competent enough to make use of modern tools and softwares for

analyzing and solving real life industrial problems.

CO6: Students shall be able to introduce environmental friendly solutions to achieve

organizational sustainability.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Introduction to Non-Destructive Testing, its merits and limitations, various physical

characteristics of materials and their applications in NDT.

Section A:

Radiography: Principle, interaction of X-Ray with matter, imaging, film and film-less

techniques, Penetrometers, Exposure charts, Radiographic equivalence, Fluoroscopy-Xero-

Radiography, Computed Radiography, Computed Tomography.

Electromagnetic-methods: Basics of electromagnetic testing, flaw detection in conductors,

various types of instruments used, merits/demerits of various electromagnetic methods for

crack detection.

Section B:

Ultrasonic methods: Theory of Ultrasonic Testing, Basics of ultrasonic waves, transducers,

transmission method, straight beam and angle beam, methods of flaw detection, various

methods of ultrasonic testing and their relative merits & demerits.

Holography: Introduction to holography, holographic recording, method of holographic

reconstruction, advantages and applications of holographic methods.

Section C:

Liquid penetrant testing: Principles, types and properties of liquid penetrants, types of dyes,

developers, advantages and limitations of this method.

Magnetic particle testing: Magnetic particle testing, Basic theory of magnetism,

Magnetization methods, Field indicators, Particle application, Inspection.

Hardness testing: Theory of various hardness testing methods, Introduction to Brinnel

hardness testing, Rockwell hardness tests, shore hardness testing, Vickers hardness testing.

Page 92: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 92 of 179

TEXT BOOKS

1. Mix, Paul E, “Introduction to Non-destructive Testing: A Training Guide”, John Wiley

and Sons Ltd, 1999.

2. Blitz and Jack, “Electrical and Magnetic Methods of Nondestructive Testing”, Institute

of Physics Publishing, 2001.

3. Achenbach, J D, “Evaluation of Materials and Structures by Quantitative Ultrasonics”,

Springer-Verlag Vienna, 2001.

4. Henrique L M, “Non Destructive Testing and Evaluation for Manufacturing and

Construction”, Hemisphere Publishers, New York, 2001.

5. Baldev Raj, T.Jayakumar, M.Thavasimuthu “Practical Non-Destructive Testing”,

Narosa Publishing House, 2009.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Charles, J. Hellier, “Handbook of Nondestructive evaluation”, McGraw Hill, New York

2001.

2. Paul E Mix, “Introduction to Non-destructive testing: a training guide”, Wiley, 2nd

Edition New Jersey, 2005

ONLINE RESOURSES

Theory and Practice of Non Destructive Testing, NPTEL course, Prof. Ranjit Bauri,

Department of Metallurgical Engineering and Materials Science, IIT Madras.

http://nptel.ac.in/syllabus/syllabus.php?subjectId=113106070

Page 93: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 93 of 179

IPPE-442 Mechatronics (3 0 0 3)

Course Objectives

After completing this course the students should understand the PLC program and know about

the sensors, transducer and actuators used in engineering system to control the process.

Course Outcomes At the end of the course, the student will be able to:

CO1: Model, analyze and control engineering systems.

CO2: Identify sensors, transducers and actuators to monitor and control the behaviour of a

process or product.

CO3: Develop PLC programs for a given task.

CO4: Evaluate the performance of mechatronic systems.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Introduction: Definition of mechatronics. Mechatronics in manufacturing, products and

design. Review of fundamentals of electronics.

Mechatronics elements: Data conversion devices, sensors, micro sensors, transducers, signal

processing devices, relays, contactors and timers.

Processors /controllers: Microprocessors, microcontrollers, PID controllers and PLCs.

Drives and mechanisms of an automated system: Drives: stepper motors, servo drives. Ball

screws, linear motion bearings, cams, systems controlled by camshafts, electronic cams,

indexing mechanisms, tool magazines, and transfer systems.

Hydraulic system: Hydraulic systems: flow, pressure and direction control valves, actuators,

and supporting elements, hydraulic power packs, and pumps. Design of hydraulic circuits.

Pneumatic system: Pneumatics: production, distribution and conditioning of compressed air,

system components and graphic representations, design of systems.

CNC technology and Robotics: CNC machines and part programming. Industrial Robotics.

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

1. Boucher, T. O., Computer automation in manufacturing - an Introduction, Chapman and

Hall, 1996.

2. HMT ltd. Mechatronics, Tata Mcgraw-Hill, New Delhi, 1988.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Deb, S. R., Robotics technology and flexible automation, Tata McGraw-Hill, New

Delhi, 1994.

2. Boltan, W., Mechatronics: electronic control systems in mechanical and electrical

engineering, Longman, Singapore, 1999.

ONLINE RESOURSES

Journals/EBooks etc

Page 94: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 94 of 179

IPPE-443 Vibration & Noise Control (3 0 0 3)

Course Objectives

After completing this course the students will be able to understand the sources of vibration and

noise in automobiles and make design modifications to reduce the vibration and noise and

improve the life of the components

Course Outcomes At the end of the course, the student will be able to:

CO 1: Understand the concept of vibration and noise control in system.

CO2 Estimates the vibration and noise in any system.

CO3 Understand the techniques to control the vibration and noise in automobiles.

CO4 Understand the design concept and modification required in any system.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Basics of Vibration: Introduction, classification of vibration: free and forced vibration,

undamped and damped vibration, linear and non-linear vibration, response of damped and

undamped systems under harmonic force, analysis of single degree and two degree of freedom

systems, torsional vibration, determination of natural frequencies.

Basics of Noise: Introduction, amplitude, frequency, wavelength and sound pressure level,

addition, subtraction and averaging decibel levels, noise dose level, legislation, measurement

and analysis of noise, measurement environment, equipment, frequency analysis, tracking

analysis, sound quality analysis.

Vibration Control Techniques: Vibration isolation, tuned absorbers, untuned viscous

dampers, damping treatments, application dynamic forces generated by IC engines, engine

isolation, crank shaft damping, modal analysis of the mass elastic model shock absorbers.

Source of Noise and Control: Methods for control of engine noise, combustion noise,

mechanical noise, predictive analysis, palliative treatments and enclosures, automotive noise

control principles, sound in enclosures, sound energy absorption, sound transmission through

barriers.

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

1. Singiresu S. Rao - “Mechanical Vibrations” - Pearson Education, ISBM –81-297- 0179-

0 - 2004.

2. Kewal Pujara “Vibrations and Noise for Engineers, Dhanpat Rai & Sons,

1992.REFERENCE BOOKS

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Bernard Challen and Rodica Baranescu - “Diesel Engine Reference Book” – Second

edition - SAE International - ISBN 0-7680-0403-9 – 1999.

2. Julian Happian-Smith - “An Introduction to Modern Vehicle Design”- Butterworth-

Heinemann, ISBN 0750-5044-3 – 2004

3. John Fenton - “Handbook of Automotive Body Construction and Design Analysis -

Professional Engineering Publishing, ISBN 1-86058-073- 1998.

ONLINE RESOURSES

Journals/EBooks etc

Page 95: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 95 of 179

IPPE-444 Design for Manufacturing (3 0 0 3)

Course Objectives

After completing this course the students should understand the design rule and cost

effectiveness of components produce in industry.

Course Outcomes

At the end of the course, the student will be able to:

CO 1: Understand the design principles of design for manufacturing processes.

CO2 Estimates the cost of dies, molds and machined components based on die life.

CO3 Understand the design for manual assembly and automated assembly.

CO4 Design typical assemblies using principles of design for X concepts.

CO5 Understand the design rules for machining with single point and multi point cutting tools.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Introduction: Overview of the course, Design for manufacturing, Typical Case studies,

Innovative product and service designs.

Material Selection: Requirements for material selection, systematic selection of processes and

materials, ASHBY charts

Design for Casting: Basic characteristics and Mold preparation, Sand casting alloys, Design

rules for sand castings, Example calculations, Investment casting overview, Cost estimation,

Number of parts per cluster, Ready to pour liquid metal cost, Design guidelines for Investment

casting, Die casting cycle, Determination of optimum number of cavities, appropriate machine

size, Die cost estimation, Design principles.

Design for Injection molding: Injection molding systems, Molds, molding cycle time, mold

cost estimation, estimation of optimum number of cavities, Assembly techniques, Design

Guidelines.

Design for Hot Forging: Characteristics of the forging process, forging allowances, flash

removal, die cost estimation, die life and tool replacement costs.

Design for Sheet metal working: Press selection, press brake operations, Design rules. Design

for Powder Metal processing: Powder metallurgy, tooling and presses for Compaction,

Sintering, materials, heat treatments, Design guidelines.

Design for machining: Machining using single point cutting tools, multipoint cutting tools,

abrasive wheels, Assembly, cost estimation for machined components, Design guidelines.

Design for Assembly: Design guidelines for manual assembly, large assemblies, analysis of an

assembly, rules for product design for automation, design for robot assembly, Design for

manufacture and Computer aided design.

Page 96: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 96 of 179

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

1. Geoffrey Boothroyd, Dewhurst.P, Knight.W, roduct design for manufacture and

assembly, CRC press, 2002

2. George E Dieter, Engineering Design- A material processing approach, 5/E. Mc Graw

hill international, 2003.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. ASM Handbook, Design for manufacture, 2000.

ONLINE RESOURSES

https://www.nitw.ac.in/media/Scheme&Syllabus-2014/B.Tech_Mech_Syllabus.pdf

Journals/Ebooks etc

Page 97: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 97 of 179

IPPE-445 Welding Engineering (3 0 0 3)

Course Objective

The main objective of this course is to make the students familiar with various conventional and

new techniques of welding for manufacturing industry.

Course Outcomes

After completing the course students will be able to:

CO1: Students will become more familiar with fundamental principles of joining technology.

CO2: Students will be able to identify hazards during welding and safety measures for the same.

CO3: They will be able to recommend an appropriate material as electrode of filler material for

the parent metals to be joined.

CO4: They will be able to differentiate thermal cutting with welding and apply the same in

industrial environment.

CO5: Students will be able to recommend appropriate flux during welding a particular metal.

CO6: Students shall be able to understand the advancements in welding techniques and

bottlenecks encountered.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Section A

Introduction to joining technology, General survey and classification of welding processes,

Safety and hazards in welding,

Power sources for arc welding, Physics of the welding arc and arc characteristics, Metal

transfer & its importance in arc welding, Various forces acting on a molten droplet and melting

rates, Basic welding symbols.

Section B

Welding consumables: fluxes, gases and filler materials, SMAW, SAW, GTAW and related

processes, GMAW and variants, PAW, Gas welding, Flame characteristics, Soldering, Brazing

and diffusion bonding, Resistance welding processes: spot, seam, butt, flash, projection,

percussion etc.

Section C

Thermal cutting of metals, Surfacing and spraying of metals, Thermite welding, Electro-slag

and electro-gas welding, Solid-state and radiant energy welding processes such as EBW; LBW;

USW, Explosive welding; Friction welding etc, Welding of plastics Advances, challenges and

bottlenecks in welding, Defects in welding.

Page 98: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 98 of 179

TEXT BOOKS

1. Richard L, “Welding and welding technology”, Tata McGraw-Hill publishing co. ltd.

25th reprint, 2004.

2. Parmar RS,” Welding Engineering and Technology”, Khanna Publishers, India, 2010.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Cary Hobart B, “Modern Welding Technology”, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 1980.

2. Ador, “Modern Arc Welding Technology”, Oxford and IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd.,

2005.

3. Houldcroft PT, “Welding Process Technology”, Cambridge University Press, 1977.

4. Larry J, “Welding principles and applications”, Fifth Edition, Thomson Delmar

Learning, Singapore, 1980.

5. Lancaster JF, “The physics of welding”, International Institute of Welding, Pergamon

press, 1984.

ONLINE RESOURSES

Introduction to Welding Engineering, NPTEL course, Department of Mechanical Engineering

IIT Roorkee. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112107089/

Page 99: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 99 of 179

IPPE - 446 Advanced Solid Mechanics (3 0 0 3)

Course Objective

This course deals with the study of mechanical behaviour of solid objects under various types of

loading conditions. To impart the insights into the yielding & failure phenomenon of solids. To

introduce students to finite element method used to analyze different material problems.

Course Outcomes

CO1. Apply the concepts of three-dimensional stress and strain at a point as well as the stress-

strain relationships for homogenous and isotropic materials.

CO2. Calculate the stresses and strains in axially loaded members, torsion of noncircular cross

section members, and members subject to non-symmetrical flexural loading.

CO3. Calculate the stresses and strains associated with thick-wall cylindrical pressure vessels

and rotating disks.

CO4. Determine the stresses resulting from bending of curved beams and flat plates.

CO5. Apply the theories of strength and fracture.

CO6. Apply energy methods for the determination of the deflections and rotations.

CO7. Design beams, cylinders and shafts for allowable stresses and loads.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Introduction: Review of basic concepts and equations in mechanics, Classification of

materials, Outline of general techniques to solve boundary value problems

Mathematical Preliminaries: Indicial notation, Introduction to tensors, Representation of

tensors, Gradient and related operators, Divergence theorem

Kinematics: Motion field, Displacement field, Deformation gradient, Transformation of

curves, surfaces and volumes, strain measures, linearized strain measures, Principal strains and

principal directions, Transformation of strain components with changes in coordinate basis,

Compatibility conditions for linearized strain

Traction and stresses: Concept of traction, Cauchy's stress theorem, Postulate of Cauchy

stress tensor, Traction on arbitrary planes, Extreme normal and shear traction, Octahedral shear

stress, Other stress measure - Engineering stress

Equilibrium equations: Derive equilibrium equations in Cartesian and cylindrical polar

coordina

Constitutive relations: Restrictions on constitutive relations, General relationship between

Cauchy stress and Cauchy Green strain for isotropic materials, General Hooke's law and its

reduction for isotropic and orthotropic materials

Boundary value problems: Formulation : Displacement method, Stress method, Airy's stress

functions for plane stress and strain problems, Uniaxial Tension, Thick-walled annular cylinder

subjected to uniform boundary pressure, Infinite medium with a stress-free hole under far field

tension loading

Bending of prismatic straight beams: Pure bending, bending due to uniform transverse

loading and bending due to transverse sinusoidal loading of a beam, Asymmetrical bending of

straight beams, Shear center, Shear stresses in thin walled open sections

End torsion of prismatic beams: Formulation of the BVP for torsion of beams with solid

cross section - warping function and Prandtl stress function approach, Torsion of circular,

Page 100: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 100 of 179

elliptic, rectangular and triangular cross sections, Membrane analogy, Torsion of thin walled

tubes, thin rectangular sections, rolled sections and multiply connected sections

Bending of curved beams: Winkler-Bach Formula, Elasticity solution for : pure bending of

curved beams, curved cantilever under end loading

Beam on elastic foundation: Derivation of the basic governing equation, Solution to beam on

an elastic foundation subjected to a point load at the center, moment at the center, uniformly

distributed load over some length 'a' symmetrically about the center

TEXT BOOKS

1. L.S. Srinath, "Advanced Mechanics of Solids" Tata McGraw Hill, 2007.

2. A.R. Ragab, and S.E. Bayoumi, "Engineering Solid Mechanics: Fundamentals and

Applications", CRC Press, 1999.

3. M.H. Sadd, "Elasticity: Theory, Applications and Numerics", Academic Press, 2006.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. R.J. Atkin, and N. Fox, "An introduction to the theory of elasticity", Longman, New

York, 1980.

2. G.A. Holzapfel, "Nonlinear Solid Mechanics", Wiley, New York, 2001.

ONLINE RESOURSES

1. Advance Solid Mechanics, NPTEL course, Dr. U. Saravanan, Civil Engineering, IIT

Madras, http://nptel.ac.in/courses/105106049/

2. www.solidmechanics.org/contents.htm - Free web book on Applied Mechanics of

Solids by A.F. Bower.

Page 101: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 101 of 179

IPPE-447 Energy Conservation Audit and Management [3 0 0 3]

Course Objectives

To impart basic knowledge to the students about current energy scenario, energy conservation,

audit and management. To inculcate among the students systematic knowledge and skill about

assessing the energy efficiency, energy auditing and energy management.

Course Outcomes

CO1. Students will be able to apply the knowledge of the subject to calculate the efficiency of

various thermal utilities.

CO2. Students will be able to design suitable energy monitoring system to analyze and

optimize the energy consumption in an organization.

CO3. Students will be able to improve the thermal efficiency by designing suitable systems for

heat recovery and cogeneration.

CO4. Students will be able to use the energy audit methods learnt to identify the areas

deserving tighter control to save energy expenditure.

CO5. Students will be able to carry out the cost- benefit analysis of various investment

alternatives for meeting the energy needs of the organization.

CO 6. Students will be able to guide the employees of the organization about the need and the

methods of energy conservation.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Section A

Energy Scenario: Commercial and Non-commercial energy, primary energy resources,

commercial energy production, final energy consumption, Indian energy scenario, Sectoral

energy consumption (domestic, industrial and other sectors), energy needs of growing

economy, energy intensity, long term energyscenario, energy pricing, Energy security, energy

conservation and its importance, energy strategy for the future, Energy Conservation Act 2001

and its features.

Basics of Energy its various forms and conservation: Electricity basics – Direct Current and

Alternative Currents, electricity tariff, Thermal Basics-fuels, thermal energy contents of fuel,

temperature and pressure, heat capacity, sensible and latent heat, evaporation, condensation,

steam, moist air and humidity and heat transfer.

Section B

Evaluation of thermal performance – calculation of heat loss – heat gain, estimation of

annual heating & cooling loads, factors that influence thermal performance, analysis of existing

buildings setting up an energy management programme and use management – electricity

saving techniques

Energy Management & Audit: Definition, energy audit, need, types of energy audit. Energy

management (audit) approach-understanding energy costs, Bench marking, energy

performance, matching energy use to requirement, maximizing system efficiencies, optimizing

the input energy requirements, fuel and energy substitution, energy audit

instruments and metering

Financial Management: Investment-need, appraisal and criteria, financial analysis techniques

simple payback period, return on investment, net present value, internal rate of return, cash

Page 102: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 102 of 179

flows, risk and sensitivity analysis; financing options, energy performance contracts and role of

Energy Service Companies (ESCOs)

Section C

Energy Monitoring and Targeting: Defining monitoring & targeting, elements of monitoring

& targeting, data and information-analysis, techniques – energy consumption, production,

cumulative sum of differences (CUSUM). Energy Management Information Systems (EMIS)

Energy Efficiency in Thermal Utilities and systems: Energy efficiency in thermal utilities

like boilers, furnaces, pumps and fans, compressors, cogeneration (steam and gas turbines),

heat exchangers ,lighting system, Motors belts and drives, refrigeration system.

Heat Recovery and Co-generation:- Heat recovery from ventilation, air co-generation of heat

and electricity, heat recovery and bottoming cycles.

BOOKS RECOMMENDATION:

1. W. F. Kenny, Energy Conservation in Process Industry.

2. Amlan Chakrabarti, Energy Engineering and Management, Prentice hall India 2011

3. CB Smith, Energy Management Principles, Pergamon Press, New York

4. Handouts New Delhi, Bureau of energy efficiency.

5. W. C. Turner, John Wiley and sons, Energy Management Hand Book.

Page 103: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 103 of 179

IPPE-448 Industrial Psychology [3 0 0 3]

Course Objective

The objective of this course is to inculcate the traits of performance management, organizational

leadership, motivation and managerial psychology among the students.

Course Outcomes

After completing the course students will be able to

CO1: Learn and apply different scientific management techniques.

CO2: Analyze the existing jobs and design suitable jobs to provide certain amount of challenge

and job satisfaction

CO3: Analyze and resolve the real life conflicts

CO4: Undertake behavioural research projects in the organizations

CO5: Work in the work groups and communicate effectively

CO5: Design suitable test procedures to test special abilities and personality traits of the

different candidates

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Introduction: Industrial Psychology: Definition and Scope, Major influences on industrial

Psychology- Scientific management and human relations schools, Taylorism and scientific

management, Hawthorne Experiments

Individual in Workplace: Stress management. Organizational culture, Individual in

Workplace Relationship to talent management,

Work Environment: Fatigue. Boredom, accidents and safety. Job Analysis,

Recruitment and Selection: test of special abilities and personality assessment, attitudes,

morale and adjustment, Reliability & Validity of recruitment tests.

Motivation at work: Motivation & work behavior. (Theory X and Y, McClelland’s, Need

Theory, Herzberg’s Two Factor Theory, Cultural Differences in Motivation, Goal-setting,

intrinsic motivation and self-efficacy in work settings.

Leadership & group dynamics: Leadership vs Management, Leadership Theories, Emerging

issues in Leadership

Performance Management: Learning & Development. Basic motivation concepts and their

applications, Understanding work teams, communication, conflict management and

negotiations, Organizational culture, Organizational change and factors contributing to the

development, Case studies and problem solving sessions

Managerial psychology: The functions (decision making, motivator, conflict resolver,

communication link, reward allocator) performed by effective managers, Psychological models

of managerial decision-making

Decision Making by Individuals & Groups: Decision making process, individual influences,

group decision process. Case study based on Multi criteria decision making (MCDM) approach

Page 104: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 104 of 179

TEXT BOOKS

1. Miner J.B. (1992) Industrial/Organizational Psychology. N Y: McGraw Hill.

2. Blum & Naylor (1982) Industrial Psychology. Its Theoretical & Social Foundations

CBS Publication.

3. Aamodt, M.G. (2007) Industrial/Organizational Psychology: An Applied Approach (5th

edition) Wadsworth/Thompson: Belmont, C.A.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Aswathappa K. (2008). Human Resource Management (fifth edition) New Delhi: Tata

McGraw Hill. 5. Arnold & Randall, “Work Psychology”, Pearson

2. Robbins, Stephen, Organizational Behavior, Prentice Hall, India

ONLINE SOURCE

https://targetstudy.com/courses/post-graduate-diploma-in-industrial-psychology.html

Page 105: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 105 of 179

IPPE- 449 I C Engines & Compressors [3 0 0 3]

Course Objective

1. Understand the fundamentals of how the design and operation of internal combustion engines affect

their performance, operation, fuel requirements, and environmental impact. Topics include fluid

flow, thermodynamics, combustion, heat transfer and friction phenomena, and fuel properties, with

reference to engine power, efficiency, and emissions.

2. Students examine the design features and operating characteristics of different types of internal

combustion engines: spark-ignition, diesel, stratified-charge, and mixed-cycle engines.

3. Understand technical features for various types of compressors.

4. Select optimal type and size of equipment for a given industrial application.

Course Outcomes

CO1: Student will be able to understand various air standard cycles.

CO2. Student will be able to calculate valve timing diagram for engines and test the performance

engines.

CO3. Student will be able to understand the process of fuel combustion and calculate its values under

different conditions.

CO4. Student will be able to analyze the effect of diesel and petrol vehicles on environment.

CO5. Student will be able to understand and design cooling system for IC engines.

CO6. Student will be able to calculate he performance parameters of rotary and reciprocating

compressors.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Section A: Different Power Cycles and Fundamentals of I.C. Engines

Introduction to I.C Engines: Engine classification, Air standard cycles, Otto cycle, Diesel cycle,

Dual cycle, Comparison of Otto, Diesel and Dual cycles, Stirling cycle, Ericsson cycles, Actual

cycle analysis, Two and four stroke engines, SI and CI engines, Valve timing diagram, Rotary

engines, stratified charge engine.

Fuels: Fuels for SI and CI engine , Important qualities of SI and CI engine fuels, Rating of SI

engine and CI engine fuels, Dopes, Additives, Gaseous fuels, LPG, CNG, Biogas, Producer

gas, Alternative fuels for IC engines, Chemical equilibrium, properties of equilibrium

combustion products of air-fuel mixtures, application to IC engines.

Testing and Performance: Performance parameters, Basic measurements, Blow by

measurement, Testing of SI and CI engines.

Section B: Introduction to Spark Ignition and Compression Ignition Engines

SI Engines: Conceptual SI engine combustion models, features of SI engine combustion

processes, combustion process characterization, Flame speed, Ignition delay, factors affecting

delay, Abnormal combustion and it’s control, combustion chamber design for SI engines,

Carburetion, Mixture requirements, Carburetor types, Theory of carburetor, MPFI, Ignition

system requirements, Magneto and battery ignition systems, ignition timing and spark plug,

Electronic ignition.

CI Engine: Features of CI engine combustion process, conceptual CI engine combustion

models, combustion process characterization. Ignition delay, factors affecting delay Knock and

it’s control, Combustion chamber design of CI engines. Fuel injection in CI engines,

Page 106: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 106 of 179

Requirements, Types of injection systems, Fuel pumps, Fuel injectors, Injection timings.

Scavenging in two Stroke engines, pollution and it’s control.

Section C: Cooling and Lubrication of Engines

Engine Cooling: Different cooling systems, Radiators and cooling fans, Lubrication: Engine friction,

Lubrication principle, Type of lubrication, Lubrication oils, Crankcase ventilation, Supercharging:

Effect of altitude on power output, Types of supercharging, Compressors: Classification,

Reciprocating compressors, Single and Multi-stage compressors, Intercooling, Volumetric efficiency,

Rotary compressors, Classification, Centrifugal compressor, Axial compressors, Surging and stalling,

Roots blower, Vaned compressor.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Internal Combustion Engine Handbook, Ed. Richard Van Basshuysen and Fred Schafer,

SAE International.

2. IC Engines, by Rogowsky, International Book Co.

3. I.C Engine Analysis & Practice by E.F Obert.

4. I.C Engine, by Ganeshan, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishers.

5. I.C Engine, by R. Yadav, Central Publishing House, Allahabad

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. C.R. Ferguson, A. T. Kirkpatrick, Internal. Combustion Engines, 2nd Edition, John

Wiley & Sons.

2. Fundamentals of Internal Combustion Engine by Gill, Smith,Ziurs, Oxford & IBH

Publishing CO.

3. A Course in International Combustion Engines, by Mathur & Sharma, Dhanpat Rai &

Sons.

4. Reciprocating and Rotary Compressors, by Chlumsky, SNTI Publications,

Czechoslovakia

5. Turbines, Compressors and Fans, by S.M.Yahya, Tata Mc Graw Hill Pub.

ONLINE RESOURSES

Introduction to IC Engines: Combusion and Emissions, NPTEL course, Prof. B P

Pundir, Department of Mechanical Engineering, IIT Kanpur.

Page 107: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 107 of 179

IPPE-450 Stochastic Modelling [3 0 0 3]

Course Objectives

The objective of this course is to provide a sound foundation in probability with an emphasis on

model building, covering inventory models, queuing models and Markov chains. The course

provides the background for simple analytical derivation and numerical calculations for

stochastic processes in discrete and continuous time.

Course Outcomes

CO1. Students shall be able to recognize when stochastic methods are likely to be appropriate

and investigate the long-run behavior of simple stochastic processes in discrete & continuous

time; namely, Markov chains.

CO2. Students shall be able to formulate and solve probabilistic problems using random

variables.

CO3. Students shall be able improve the performance of systems such as inventory / production

control using stochastic models.

CO4. Students shall be able to solve real life situations using queuing systems under different

configurations.

CO5. Students shall be able develop skill in analysing systems and finally arriving at optimal

solutions such as optimal leasing of phone lines, optimal number of tellers etc.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Section A

Introduction: Probability, Random Variables; Discrete Random Variables, Continuous

Random Variables. Multivariate Random Variables; Multivariate Discrete Random Variables,

Multivariate Continuous Random Variables. Conditional Probability Mass Function,

Conditional Probability Density Function, Computing Probability by Conditioning.

Introduction of Stochastic Process; Discrete-Time Markov Chains, Transient Distributions,

Occupancy times, Limiting Behaviour. Cost Models: Expected Total Cost Over a Finite

Horizon, Long-Run Expected Cost Per Unit Time.

Section B

Continuous Time Markov Models: Continuous Time Stochastic Processes, Continuous Time

Markov Chains, Exponential Random Variables, Poisson Processes, Transient Analysis:

Uniformization. Occupancy Times, Limiting Behaviour. Cost Models: Expected Total Cost,

Long-Run Cost Rates.

Introduction of Generalized Markov Models, Renewal Process, Cumulative Process. Semi-

Markov Process: Long- Term Analysis, Mean Inter-Visit Times, Occupancy Distributions.

Introduction of Queuing Systems: Single Station Queues Results, Birth and Death Queues

with Finite Capacity; M/M/l/K Queue, M/M/s/K Queue, M/M/K/K Queue. Birth and Death

Queues with Infinite Capacity; M/M/l Queue, M/M/s Queue, M/M/∞ Queue. M/G/l Queue,

G/M/l Queue. Networks of Queues: Jackson Networks, Stability, Limiting Behaviour.

Page 108: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 108 of 179

Section C

Introduction of Optimal Design: Optimal Order Quantity, Optimal Leasing of Phone Lines,

Optimal Number of Tellers, Optimal Replacement, Optimal Server Allocation.

Introduction of Optimal Control: Discrete-Time Markov Decision Process: DTMDPs,

Optimal Policies for DTMDPs, Optimal Inventory Control, Semi-Markov Decision Processes:

SMDPs, Optimal Policies for SMDPs, Optimal Machine Operation.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Guttorp, P. (1995). Stochastic Modelling in Scientific Applications, Chapman & Hall.

2. Bailey, N.T.J. (1964). The Elements of Stochastic Processes with Applications to the

Natural Sciences, Wiley.

3. Karlin, S. and Taylor, H.M. (1975). A First Course in Stochastic Processes (2nd edn.),

Academic Press.

4. Ross, S.M. (1983). Stochastic Processes, Wiley.

5. Basawa, I.V. and Prakasa Rao, B.L.S. (1980). Statistical Inference for Stochastic

Processes, Academic Press.

6. Kulkarni V. G. (1995). Modeling and Analysis of Stochastic Systems, Chapman &

Hall/CRC.

7. Karlin, K. and Taylor, H. M. (1975), A First Course in Stochastic Processes, Academic

Press.

8. Karlin, K. and Taylor, H. M. (1981), A Second Course in Stochastic Processes,

Academic Press.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Heyman D. and Sobel, M. (edited) (1982), Stochastic Models in Handbook of

Operations Research and Management Science, (Vol.2), North Holland. ISBN:

0444874739

ONLINE RESOURSES

1. Introduction to Probability Theory and Stochastic Processes, NPTEL Course, Prof. S.

Dharmaraja, Department of Mathematics Indian Institute of Technology, Delhi, https://nptel.ac.in/syllabus/110104024/

Page 109: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 109 of 179

IPPE-451 Engineering Optimization [3 0 0 3]

Course Objective

The objective of the course is to make the students learn higher order concepts and latest trends

in the field of optimization to undertake the real life and practical engineering problems.

Course Outcomes

After completing the course students will be able to

CO 1: Understand and analyze any real life and practical engineering problems and depict it in a

model form.

CO 2: Understanding the concept of duality and perform sensitivity analysis on the linear

optimization problems.

CO 3: Solve the mathematical model manually as well as using soft resources/software such as

solver, TORA, Lindo, Lingo etc.

CO 4: Understand various methods of nonlinear programming to handle the non-linearity in the

problems.

CO 5: Understanding the latest metaheuristics to undertake the problems of optimization with

huge search space.

CO 6: Understanding the process of multi criteria decision making.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Introduction: Principle of Optimization, Classification of optimization problems and methods,

Mathematic Formulation.

Linear Programming: Revised simplex method, Dual simplex method, Mixed Integer Linear

Programming Problem, Branch and bound technique, duality theory, Role of duality theory in

sensitivity analysis, Goal programming.

Nonlinear Programming: Concept of convexity and concavity, Maxima and minima of functions

of n-variables, Lagrange multipliers, Kuhn-Tucker conditions for constrained optimization, One

variable unconstrained optimization, Multivariable unconstrained optimization, Quadratic

programming.

Metaheuristics: Introduction to metaheuristics, Space and time complexity, Genetic Algorithms,

Tabu search, Simulated annealing, Introduction to multicriteria decision making.

Books Recommended:

1. Taha,H A, “Operations Research - An Introduction”, Sixth Edition, Prentice Hall of

India Private Limited, N. Delhi, 2004.

2. Mustafi C K, “Operations Research”, Third Edition, New Age International Pvt. Ltd.,

New Delhi, 1996.

3. Gupta P K, & Hira D.S., “Operations Research”, Third Edition, S Chand za& Company

Ltd., New Delhi, 2005.

4. 4. Hillier, Lieberman, Nag and Basu, “Introduction to Operations Research”, McGraw

Hill Education Pvt. Lt

5. K. Deb, “Optimization for Engineering Design” Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd

6. Papadimitriu and Steiglitz, “Combinatorial optimization Algorithms and Complexity”,

Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd

7. G. Srinivasan, “Operations research Principles and applications”, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd

Page 110: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 110 of 179

8. A. D. Belegundu and T. R. Chandrupatla, “Optimization concepts and applications in

engineering”

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Wagner H M, “Principles of Operations Research”, Second Edition, Prentice Hall of

India Private Limited, New Delhi, 2003.

ONLINE RESOURCES

1. Selected Topics In Decision Modeling NPTEL course, Prof. Biswajit Mahanty

Department of Industrial and Systems Engineering Indian Institute of Technology,

Kharagpur, https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110105096/

2. Traditional and Non-Traditional Optimization Tools, NPTEL course, Prof. D. K.

Pratihar Department of Mechanical Engineering Indian Institute of Technology,

Kharagpur, https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112105235/

3. Numerical Optimization, NPTEL course, Prof. Shirish K. Shevade, Department of

Computer Science and Automation Indian Institute of Science, Bangalore, https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106108056/

Page 111: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 111 of 179

IPPE-452 Processing of Non-Metals [3 0 0 3]

Course Objective

The main objective of the course is to impart an understanding of the manufacturing science,

processing, and engineering of non-metals. The various non-metals covered in the course

include glasses, ceramics, polymers, and various types of composite materials.

Course Outcomes

CO1: Prepare different plastics and composites in industrial environment.

CO2: Design various mechanical components after analyzing mechanical properties.

CO3: Improve the performance of components and assemblies by devising new materials within

realistic constraints.

CO4: Identify the material properties and replace metals by non-metals within real life

situations.

CO5: Analyze mechanical properties of metals and non-metals using scientific tools available.

CO6: Develop a new or hybrid non-metal for engineering and medical applications.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Introduction to non-metals, Classification of engineering materials and processing techniques,

structure and properties of non-metals, importance of non-metals in engineering and medical

applications.

Glass structure and properties, glass melting and forming, glass annealing.

Classification of ceramics: crystal structures and properties, ceramic powder preparation,

Synthesis of ceramic powders, fabrication of ceramic products from powders: pressing, casting,

vapour phase techniques, sintering, finishing, machining. Ceramic coatings.

Structure and mechanical properties of plastics, thermoplastics and thermosets, Adhesives and

sealants. Processing of Plastics: Extrusion. Injection moulding. Thermoforming. Compression

moulding. Transfer moulding. General behaviour of polymer melts, Machining of plastics.

Coating of polymers. Processing of Rubber/ Elastomers

Classification of composite materials, properties of composites, processing methods of

polymeric matrix composites: hand lay-up, autoclaving, filament winding, pultrusion,

compression moulding, pre-pegging, sheet moulding compounds etc., process capability and

application areas of various techniques; Ceramic matrix composites, mechanical properties of

ceramic matrix composites, different processing techniques for ceramic matrix composites,

process capability and applications of various techniques; Secondary processing of composite

materials, Need of secondary operations, different type of secondary operations, machining and

drilling of non-metals, machining induced damage, different methods of reducing the damage on

account of secondary processing.

Page 112: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 112 of 179

TEXT BOOKS

1. Manufacturing Processes for Engineering Materials: S. Kalpakjian, 3rd edition Addison

- Wesley, 1997

2. Plastic Materials and Processing: A. Brent Strong, Prentice Hall.

3. Composite Materials: Engineering and Science: F.L. Mathews and R.D. Rawlings, CRC

press.

4. Materials and Processes in Manufacturing, E. Paul DeGarmo, J. T. Black, Ronald A.

Kohser, Wiley; 11 edition (August 30, 2011.

5. Evgney A. Levashow,” Russian Journal of Non-Ferrous Metals”, Springer.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. S.T. Peters, Handbook of Composites, Springer US, ISBN: 978-1-4615-6389-1, 1998

ONLINE RESOURSES

processing of non-metals, NPTEL course, Dr. Inderdeep Singh, Department of Mechanical and

Industrial Engineering, IIT Roorkee, http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112107086/

Page 113: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 113 of 179

IPPE-453 Micro-Electro Mechanical Systems [3 0 0 3]

Course Objectives

At the end of the course the students should be familiar to the principles of development of

micro electromechanical systems. They shall acquire the technological know-how of

microsystem fabrication processes.

Course Outcomes

After completing the course students will be able to:

CO 1: Assimilate the fundamentals of MEMS technology, present, future and challenges.

CO 2: Explain micro sensors, micro-actuators, their types and applications.

CO 3: Explain about fabrication processes for producing micro-sensors and actuators.

CO 4: Apply reliability, and failure analysis testing.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Section-A

Introduction, Development of MEMS Technology, Present, Future and Challenges, Fabrication

Processes: Fundamentals of Material Science, Substrates: Single crystal substrates, Silicon on

Insulator Substrate, Physical vapour deposition, Chemical vapour Deposition, Etching

Processes, patterning, wafer bonding, annealing, chemical mechanical polishing, material

doping, MEMS application in life sciences

Section-B

Principal of Microsystems: Introduction, Microsensors and there types, Microactuation using

different forces and materials, Microactuators and there types, Microaccelerometers,

Microfluidics Scaling Laws in Miniatuarization: Introduction to scaling, Scaling of physical

systems scaling (geometric, mechanical, thermal, fludic, electrical, optical and chemical and

biological), computational fabrication, and material issues Materials and Microsystems:

Introduction, Substrates and wafers, active substrate materials, Silicon as a substrate material,

Silicon compounds, silicon piezoresistors, Gallium Arsenide, Quarta, Piezoelectric crystals,

polymers, packaging materials.

Section-C

Microsystem Fabrication Process and Manufacturing: Introduction, Photolithography, Ion

implantation, Diffusion, Oxidation, Chemical vapour deposition, physical vapour deposition,

Chemical Mechanical Polishing, Material Doping, Deposition of epitaxy, Etching, Patterning,

wafer-bonding and annealing. Micromanufacturing: Bulk micromachining, Surface

micromachining, LIGA, Packaging and Reliability: Packaging process steps, reliability models,

MEMS failure mechanisms, Measurement Techniques for MEMS Operational, Reliability, and

Failure Analysis Testing

Page 114: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 114 of 179

TEXT BOOKS

1. Tai-Ran H., “MEMS & Microsystems Design and Manufacture”, Fourth reprint edition,

2012

2. Allen James J, “Micro Electromechanical System Design”, First edition, Taylor and

Farancis, FL (USA), 2005.

3. Maluf Nadim and Williams Kirt, “An Introduction to Microelectromechanical Systems

Engineering”, Second Edition, ARTECH House, MA (USA), 2004.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. N. Maluf," An Introduction to Micro-Electro Mechanical System Engineering", Artech.

House

2. S. Senturia," Micro system Design", Springer

ONLINE RESOURSES

1. Introductions to MEMS-I(micro electro-mechanical systems),& MEMS II, Prof. C.

Amarnath, Department of Mechanical Engineering Indian Institute of Technology,

Bombay, http://nptel.ac.in/syllabus/112101098/

Page 115: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 115 of 179

IPPE-454 HUMAN FACTOR ENGINEERING [3 0 0 3]

Course Objectives

To provide basic understanding to the students about the concept and significance of Human

Factors Engineering, through imparting knowledge about visual, auditory and cognitive

aspects of human factors. To inculcate the skill among the students for analysing human

systems integration and improving overall decision making and the performance of the system.

To inculcate analyzing skills among the students with respect to work place design, working

postures and lifting tasks. To provide thorough knowledge about assessment about

occupational exposure to heat stress, noise, vibrations and RSPM.

Course Outcomes

CO1. Students will be able to apply the basic knowledge of effect of factors like visual,

auditory and cognitive on performance to design suitable work systems.

CO2. The students will be able to analyze the factors affecting decision making and improve

the same.

CO3. Students shall be able to analyses and calculate the level of risk in a job causing stress,

fatigue and musculoskeletal disorders among the employees of an organization and will design

a suitable system to reduce the same.

CO4. Students shall be able to assess level of occupational environmental factors like heat

stress, noise, vibration and RSPM in a company.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Section A

Introduction: Introduction to Human Factors Engineering, What is field of human factors, the

scope of human factors, the study of human factors as a science, Historical evolution of

ergonomics, ergonomics and human factors engineering, Goals of human factors engineering.

Introduction to research methods, an overview of research methods, experimental research

methods Experimental design.

Visual Sensory Systems: The stimulus; light The receptor system; the eye ball and optic nerve,

visual receptive system,, contrast sensitivity, reading, colour sensation, night vision, Bottom-

up vs top down processing, depth perception, Visual search, detection, discrimination.

Auditory, Tactile and Vestibular System: Auditory stimulus, Ear; the sensory transducer, the

auditory experience, Alarms, criteria for alarms, designing for alarms, Sound localization,

sound transmission problem, the speech signal, Speech Communications, hearing loss Noise

reduction at the work place, the other senses; Touch, Vestibular senses.

Section B

Cognition: Information processing models, selective attention, Reception, Human Factor

Guidelines in perception, Working Memory, Human factors Implications of working memory

Limits, Long term memory, Organisation of information in ling term memory, episodic

memory, Situation Awareness (SA), problem solving and troubleshooting, Metacognition and

effort, Attention and Time sharing, mental effort and resource demand, task management and

interruptions, Addressing time sharing overload.

Decision Making: Decision making models; normative and descriptive decision making

models, Heuristics and biasness, Dependency of decision making on the decision context.

Factors affecting decision making performance, improving human decision making.

Page 116: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 116 of 179

Displays & Controls: classifications of displays, Thirteen principles of display design,

Altering displays, labels, monitoring, multiple displays; display layouts, head up displays,

configural displays, navigation displays and maps, Quantitative information displays. Controls;

Principles of response selection, Discrete control activation, Positioning Control Devices,

Verbal and symbolic inputs, Voice input, Continuous Control tracking, Control Order.

Section C

Engineering Anthropometry and Work place Design: Human Variability and Statistics,

anthropometric data, Structural and Functional data, Use of anthropometric data in design,

General; Principles for workplace design; clearance requirement of the largest users, reach

requirements of the smallest users, special requirements of maintenance people, adjustability

requirements, visibility and normal line of slight, component arrangement, Design of standing

and seated work areas, work surface; height, depth & inclination.

Biomechanics of Work: The musculoskeletal system, Biomechanical models, Low back

problems, NOISH lifting guide, Manual material handling, Seated work and chair design,

Upper extremities cumulative trauma disorders. Causes & prevention of CTD, hand tool

design. Strain index method for DUE risk assessment. Work posture risk assessment using

OWAS, Rapid Upper Limb Assessment and Rapid Entire Body Assessment tools.

Work Physiology: Muscle structure and metabolism, Circulatory and respiratory system, the

respiratory system, Lung capacity, Lung capacity measurement using Spirometry.

Measurement of workloads. Physical work capacity and whole body fatigue, causes and

Control of whole body fatigue. Bio Energies. Stress and workloads. RSPM assessment.

1. Christopher D W, John D Lee. Gordon Becker, “Human Factors Engineering”, PHI,

2011.

2. MI Khan, “Industrial Ergonomics”, PHI, 2011.

3. Sanders Mark S and McCormick Ernert J, “Human Factors in Engineering and Design”,

McGraw- Hill Inc., 1993.

4. John B West, “Respiratory Physiology” Wolter Kulwer Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.

5. David J. Oborne,” Ergonomics at Work”, John Willey & Sons.

Page 117: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 117 of 179

IPPE-455 Surface Coating Technology [3 0 0 3]

Course Objective

To develop fundamental understanding surface engineered materials in modern engineering

application, surface dependent engineering properties (mechanical, chemical, thermal,

electrical, electronic, optical). Role of surface coating and surface modification technologies in

obtaining required surface characteristics of a product. Various surface modification techniques

(mechanically modified, thermally modified).

Course Outcomes

At the end of the course, students will be able to:

CO1: Compare the use of different surface engineering techniques

CO2: Select appropriate thermal process to alter the material surface

CO3: Apply laser for surface modification

Introduction: Significance of surface engineering- Solid surface- Surface Energy-Superficial

layer- Physico-chemical parameters- Properties of the superficial layer-Surface coating-

Classification.

Physical vapor deposition (PVD): Ion plating- Sputter deposition- Reactive deposition-

Magnetron sputtering- Chemical vapor deposition (CVD)- Ion implantation- Electron beam

technology- Applications.

Thermal Spraying Techniques: Flame Spraying, Atmospheric Plasma Spraying (APS),

Vacuum Plasma Spraying (VPS), Detonation-Gun Spraying (D-GUN), High-Velocity Oxy-

Fuel (HVOF) Spraying-Applications.

Laser surface engineering: Laser transformation hardening - Laser remelting- Laser alloying-

Laser cladding: Laser ablation- Pulsed laser deposition- Laser doping - Laser crystallization-

Laser surface texturing: Laser shock peening.

Methods of characterization: Microstructure- Mechanical: Adhesion-Hardness-micro

Hardness-Residual Stress-Friction-Wear- Physical: Porosity-Density- Electrical: Conductivity-

Magnetic-Chemical.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Tadeusz Burakowski, Tadeusz Wierzchon, “Surface Engineering of Metals-Principles,

equipment and technologies”, CRC Press, 1999.

2. Lech Pawlowski, "The Science and Engineering of Thermal Spray Coatings", 2nd

Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2008.

3. M. Ohring, The Materials Science of Thin Films, Academic Press Inc, 2005.

4. P. Martin, “Introduction to Surface Engineering and Functionally Engineered

Materials”, John Willey.

5. M. K. Boolga, “Surface Engineering and Applied Electrochemistry”, Springer.

Page 118: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 118 of 179

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. K.G. Budinski, Surface Engineering for Wear Resistances, Prentice Hall, Englewood

Cliffs, 1988.

2. William M. Steen, Jyotirmoy Mazumder, “Laser Material Processing”, 4th Edition,

Springer Verlag, 2010.

3. Devis, J. R., “Surface Engineering for Corrosion & Wear Resistance”, 2001, Maney

Publishing.

ONLINE RESOURSES

1. Technology of Surface Coating, NPTEL course, Prof. A.K. Chattopadhyay, IIT

Kharagpur: https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112105053/

2. Fundamentals of Surface Engineering: Mechanisms, Processes and Characterizations,

NPTEL course, – By D K Dwivedi, IIT Roorkee, https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112107248/

Page 119: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 119 of 179

IPPE- 456 Total Quality Management [3 0 0 3]

Course Objectives

The overall aim is for students to develop an understanding of total quality management

principles, frameworks, tools and techniques for effective real life applications in both

manufacturing and services.

Course Outcomes

After completing the course, students will be able to

CO 1: Students shall be able to apply the concept of quality, total quality management &

determine the impact of quality on profitability.

CO 2: Students shall be able to formulate Taguchi’s Loss function; analyse & focus on

customer requirements using Kano’s model.

CO 3: Students shall be able to measure the cost of poor quality, process effectiveness and

efficiency to track performance quality, identify areas for improvement & carry out

improvements.

CO 4: Students shall be able to determine the voice of the customer & translate this voice into

technical requirements for products/ services and make an assessment of the impact of quality

on long-term business success of an organization.

CO 5: Students shall be able to apply techniques like QC tools, six sigma and other quality

techniques for investigating and analysing quality related issues in the industry and suggest

implementable solutions.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Section A

Basic concepts: Various approaches to understanding quality. Quality & competitiveness. The

strategy of detection, prevention as a strategy, development of prevention, the economic

benefits of prevention. Continuous process improvement – PDCA cycle, 5s, Kaizen.

Managing Quality: importance of quality and its historical evolution; Philosophies of Quality

Gurus; continual improvement, customer satisfaction, process improvement and total

organizational involvement; technical and philosophical issues surrounding quality

management; use of QM initiatives, tools, and techniques in an organization.

QC Tools: Check sheets, Stratification, Histogram, Pareto charts, Cause & Effect Diagrams

and Scatter Diagrams. Numericals. Quality circles: Objectives, Structure, roles &

responsibilities of Facilitators, Team Leader etc. Steps in formation of Quality Circles. Poka –

Yoke (mistake proofing). Seven new QC Tools: Affinity diagram, Relations Diagram, Matrix

diagram, Tree diagram, Process Decision Program Chart (PDPC), Arrow diagram.

Taguchi’s Loss - Function Approach: Definition, understanding & applications. Goal post

view of Quality vs. Taguchi’s loss- function approach. Loss functions for “Nominal the best”,

“Smaller the better” and “Larger the better” cases. Average Loss for a sample for “Nominal the

best” case. Numericals.

Section B

Focusing on the Customers: Customer satisfaction & Loyalty, customer satisfaction index,

creating satisfied customers, customer segmentation, gathering & analyzing customer

information, and customer relationship management.

Page 120: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 120 of 179

Quality Function Deployment (QFD) approach: Introduction, the QFD team, benefits of

QFD, the voice of the customer, organization of information, house of quality, what’s, how’s,

building house of quality, QFD process.

Quality costs: Prevention, appraisal, internal failure & external failure costs.

Benchmarking: Introduction, definition, reasons to benchmark, benchmarking process,

deciding what to benchmark, understanding current performance, planning, studying others,

learning from the data, using the findings, pitfalls & criticism of benchmarking.

Section C

Principles of Six sigma (6σ): introduction, comparison of 3σ / 6σ yield levels, CTQ: Critical

to Quality, CTQP: CTQ Performance, CTQS: CTQ Specifications, theme selection (activity

focusing). 6σ methodology: DMAIC & DMADV. Various formulae to measure different

metrics related to Six Sigma defects, yield calculations, Case Study & Numericals.

Kano’s Model: Requirements Categories, Categorizing the Requirements, Prioritizing the

Requirements, Product Assessment, Setting up targets

ISO: 9000 Quality Audit: Need for ISO 9000- ISO 9000-2000 Quality System – Elements,

Documentation. Process audit & product audit, internal audit, second party, third party audit,

pre-assessment, compliance audit. Procedure of auditing: Audit planning, audit execution, audit

reporting, close out of corrective action. Minor & major non-conformities

TEXT BOOK(S)

1. Dale H.Besterfiled, et al., “Total Quality Management”, Pearson Education Asia, Third

Edition, Indian Reprint, 2006.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. James R. Evans and William M. Lindsay, “The Management and Control of Quality”,

(6th Edition), South-Western (Thomson Learning), 2005.

2. Oakland, J.S. “TQM – Text with Cases”, Butterworth – Heinemann Ltd., Oxford, Third

Edition, 2003.

3. Suganthi,L and Anand Samuel, “Total Quality Management”, Prentice Hall (India) Pvt.

Ltd., 2006.

4. Janakiraman,B and Gopal, R.K, “Total Quality Management – Text and Cases”,Prentice

Hall (India) Pvt. Ltd., 2006.

ONLINE RESOURSES

1. Six Sigma, NPTEL course, Prof. Tapan P Bagchi, Department of Industrial and Systems

Engineering, Indian Institute of Technology (IIT), Kharagpur, http://nptel.ac.in/courses/110105039/

2. Total Quality Management - I, NPTEL course, Prof. Raghu Nandan Sengupta,

Department Industrial & Management Engineering , Indian Institute of Technology

(IIT), Kanpur, https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc17_mg18/preview

3. http://asq.org/learn-about-quality/

Page 121: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 121 of 179

IPPE-457 Dynamics of Machines (3 0 0 3)

Course Outcomes

After completing the course students will be able to:

CO1: Determine velocities & accelerations of various planar mechanisms.

CO2: Establish static force relationships and inertia forces and their effect that exist in

machines.

CO3: Analyse the dynamics of flywheel and their motion.

CO4: Analyse the process of rotating masses under critical speeds with respect to machine

dynamics.

CO5: Understand and analyze the working of cam and follower; belt, ropes and chains, and

gears & gear trains.

CO6: Understand of governors to determine the supply of working fluid to the engine with the

varying load conditions.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

FORCE ANALYSIS Dynamic force analysis – Inertia force and Inertia torque– D Alembert’s

principle –Dynamic Analysis in reciprocating engines – Gas forces – Inertia effect of

connecting rod– Bearing loads – Crank shaft torque – Turning moment diagrams –Fly Wheels

– Flywheels of punching presses- Dynamics of Cam- follower mechanism.

BALANCING Static and dynamic balancing – Balancing of rotating masses – Balancing a

single cylinder engine – Balancing of Multi-cylinder inline, V-engines – Partial balancing in

engines – Balancing of linkages – Balancing machines-Field balancing of discs and rotors.

FREE VIBRATION Basic features of vibratory systems – Degrees of freedom – single

degree of freedom – Free vibration– Equations of motion – Natural frequency – Types of

Damping – Damped vibration– Torsional vibration of shaft – Critical speeds of shafts –

Torsional vibration – Two and three rotor torsional systems.

FORCED VIBRATION Response of one degree freedom systems to periodic forcing –

Harmonic disturbances – Disturbance caused by unbalance – Support motion –transmissibility

– Vibration isolation vibration measurement.

MECHANISM FOR CONTROL Governors – Types – Centrifugal governors – Gravity

controlled and spring controlled centrifugal governors – Characteristics – Effect of friction –

Controlling force curves. Gyroscopes –Gyroscopic forces and torques – Gyroscopic

stabilization – Gyroscopic effects in Automobiles, ships and airplanes.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Ratan SS, “Theory of Machines”, 1st Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi (1993).

2. Theory of Mechanisms and Machines, Amitabh Ghosh and Mallik, East West Press

Publication.

3. Design of Machinery, Robert L Norton, Mc. Graw Hill.

4. Theory of Machines, P.L. Ballaney, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi

5. Mechanism and Machine Theory, J.S. Rao and R.V. Dukkipati, 2nd Edition, New Age

International, Delhi

Page 122: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 122 of 179

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Bevan T, “The Theory of Machines”, 3rd Edition CBS Publishers

2. Shigley JE and Vickar JJ, “Theory of Machines and Mechanism”, 2nd Edition, McGraw

Hill, New Delhi (1995).

3. Wilson C and Sadler J, “Kinematics and Dynamics of Machine”, 3rd Edition, Prentice

Hall (2002).

ONLINE RESOURSES

1. Kinematics and dynamics of machines, NPTEL course, Prof. Ashok K Malik,

Department of Mechanical Engineering IIT Kanpur,

http://nptel.ac.in/syllabus/112104121/

2. http://cae.highvec.net/files/4_Tutorials/Adams_car_tutorials/Book_Adams-Tutorial-

w.pdf

Page 123: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 123 of 179

IPPE-458 Refrigeration and Air Conditioning [3 0 0 3]

Course Objectives

To make the students aware about the terminology principles and methods used in

refrigeration and air conditioning. It helps the students to analyses and perform the design

computations for the domestic and industrial applications of refrigeration and air conditioning.

Course Outcomes

CO 1: Students will be able to practice the basic concepts and working cycles for

Refrigeration.

CO 2: Understand the function of each of the major refrigeration system components:

evaporator, compressor, condenser, and metering device

CO 3: Student shall be able to analyze single load and multi load refrigeration systems.

CO 4: Student will be able to understand the desired properties needed in a refrigerant along

with its impact on the Ozone depletion.

CO 5:. Students shall be able to demonstrate an understanding of thermal comfort conditions

with respect to temperature and humidity and its impact on human comfort, productivity and

health

CO 6: Design of air conditioning systems using cooling load calculations

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Section A

Basic Concept: Natural and Mechanical Refrigeration, Application of refrigeration, Units of

refrigeration and Coefficient of performance, Refrigeration effect, cooling capacity and COP of

a refrigerator, heating effect, heating capacity and COP as heat pump.

Bell Coleman Cycle and Aircraft Refrigeration: Bell Coleman Cycle and its analysis;

optimum COP and pressure ratio, necessity of air craft refrigeration – air cycle refrigeration

systems and their comparison.

Vapour Compression Refrigeration Cycle: Vapour compression cycle on P-V, P-H and T-S

diagrams, deviation of actual cycle from theoretical cycle, compressor capacity and volumetric

efficiency, analysis of theoretical and actual vapour compression cycles, effect of suction

pressure, discharge pressure, sub-cooling, super heating and pressure drop in valves on

performance and cooling capacity.

Vapour Compression Refrigeration with Multiple Evaporators and Compressors:

Compound compression with single and multiple expansion valves, water inter-cooling and

flash

inter-cooling, multiple load systems with single and multiple expansion valves.

Section B

Vapour Absorption Refrigeration Cycle: (No Mathematical Analysis) Principle of

absorption system; components of the system, Desirable properties of absorption system

refrigerant and absorbent, Aqua– ammonia absorption refrigeration system, Lithium Bromide–

water absorption refrigeration system; Lithium Bromide–water absorption system, Comparison

between absorption and compression system.

Refrigerants: Classification and nomenclature of refrigerants, Desirable thermodynamic,

chemical and physical properties of refrigerants, comparative study of commonly used

refrigerants and their fields of application; Azeotropes, Effect of moisture and oil miscibility,

Page 124: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 124 of 179

Refrigerant drying agents and antifreeze solution, leak detection and charging of refrigerants,

environmental, aspects of conventional refrigerants, friendly refrigerants.

Non-Conventional Refrigeration Systems (No Mathematical Analysis): Cascade

Refrigeration System, Linde and Claude cycles for liquefaction of gases

Section C

Air Conditioning: Concept and Applications, Psychometric properties of air, Dry bulb, wet

bulb and dew point temperatures; Relatives and specific humidity; degree of saturation,

adiabatic saturation temperature, enthalpy of air and water vapours, psychometric chart. Human

requirements of comforts, effective temperature and comfort charts, Industrial and comfort air

conditioning.

Psychrometric Process: Sensible heating and cooling, cooling with dehumidification, Heating

with dehumidification, by-pass factor, chemical dehumidification, adiabatic mixing, air washer.

Cooling and heating load estimation

Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Equipment: Brief description of compressors,

condensers and evaporators and expansion devices, Cooling towers.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED

1. Arora C P, “Refrigeration and Air Conditioning”, 19th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill,

Delhi (1985).

2. Pradad M, “Refrigeration and Air Conditioning”, 2nd Edition, New Age International

Private Limited, Delhi (2002).

3. Dossat, R J, “Principles of Refrigeration”, 4th Edition, Pearson Education (Singapore),

India, (2002).

4. Mcquiston F G, Parker J D and Spilter J D, “Heating, Ventilating, and Air

Conditioning”, 5th Edition, John Wiley and Sons Inc, New York (2001).

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. ASHRAE Handbook (Fundamentals), ASHRAE

ONLINE RESOURSES

1. Refrigeration and Air-conditioning, NPTEL Course, Prof. Ravi Kumar, Department of

Mechanical and Industrial Engineering Indian Initiation of technology, Rookee, https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112107208/

2. Refrigeration and Air conditioning Prof. M. Ramgopal Department of Mechanical

Engineering Indian Institute of Technology, Kharagpur, https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112105128/

Page 125: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 125 of 179

IPPE-459 Power Plant Engineering [3 0 0 3]

Course Objectives

To familiarize the students to the working of power plants based on different energy sources

and enhance their conceptual knowledge of construction and working of various power plants

Course Outcomes

CO 1: Students will be able to understand different types of power plants, and its various

components.

CO 2: Apply the basic thermodynamics and fluid flow principles to different power generation

methods

CO 3: To analyse thermodynamic cycles of gas turbine power plant, nuclear power plant

CO 4: To understand the working principle and basic components of the hydroelectric plants

and the economic principles.

CO5: Students will be able to understand the performance and operating characteristics of

power plant and the reasoning behind the Tariff plans for electric energy

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Thermal Power Plant: General layout of modern thermal power plant, Site selection, Presents

status of power generation in India. Unique features and advantages of high pressure boilers,

La-Mont; Benson; Velox, Loeffler and Schmidt-Hartmann boilers. Supercritical boilers,

Corrosion in boilers and its prevention.

Coal and Ash Handling Systems: Coal storage, Burning systems, Types of stokers and their

working, Pulverized fuel handling systems, Unit and central systems, Pulverized mills- ball

mill, Bowl mill, Ball & race mill, Impact or hammer mill, Pulverized coal burners, Oil burners,

Necessity of ash disposal, mechanical; hydraulic; pneumatic and steam jet ash handling system,

Dust collection and its disposal, Mechanical dust collector, Electrostatic precipitator.

Draught System: Natural draught – estimation of height of chimney, Maximum discharge

condition, Forced; induced and balanced draught, Power requirement by fans

Feed Water Treatment: Necessity of feed water treatment, Different impurities found in feed

water, Effect of impurities, pH & its role in corrosion and scale formation, Internal & external

water treatment systems – Hot lime soda process, Zeolite ion exchange process,

Demineralization plants, Reverse osmosis process, Sea water treatment using reverse osmosis,

De-aeration

Gas turbine: Classification, open and closed cycle, gas turbine fuels, actual Brayton cycle,

optimum pressure ratio for maximum thermal efficiency, work ratio, air rate, effect of operating

variables on the thermal efficiency and work ratio and air rate, combined steam and gas turbine

plant, gas turbine blade cooling.

Nuclear Power Plant: Nuclear fusion and fission, Chain reaction, Nuclear fuels, Components

of nuclear reactor, Classification of reactors, Pressurized water reactor, Boiling water reactor,

Gas cooled reactor, CANDU reactor, Fast breeder reactor, Nuclear waste and its disposal,

Nuclear power plants in India

Power from Renewable Energy: Hydro Electric Power Plants – Classification, Typical

Layout and associated components including Turbines. Principle, Construction and working of

Wind, Tidal, Solar Photo Voltaic (SPV), Solar Thermal, Geo Thermal, Biogas and Fuel Cell

power systems.

Page 126: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 126 of 179

Economics of Power Generation: Load curves, Load duration curves, Connected load,

Maximum load, Peak load, Base load and peak load power plants, Load factor, Plant capacity

factor, Plant use factor, Demand factor, Diversity factor, Cost of power plant, Performance and

operating characteristics of power plant, Tariff for electric energy

BOOKS RECOMMENDED

1. Nag. P.K., "Power Plant Engineering", Third Edition, Tata McGraw – Hill Publishing

Company Ltd.

2. El-Wakil. M.M., "Power Plant Technology", Tata McGraw – Hill Publishing Company

Ltd., 2010.

3. Gas Turbines by V Ganeshan, McGraw Hill Education.

4. Power Plant Engineering, F.T. Morse, Affiliated East-West Press Pvt. Ltd, New

Delhi/Madras

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Black & Veatch, Springer, "Power Plant Engineering", 1996

2. Thomas C. Elliott, Kao Chen and Robert C. Swanekamp, "Power Plant Engineering",

Second Edition, Standard Handbook of McGraw – Hill, 1998

ONLINE RESOURSES

1. Energy Resources and Technology, NPTEL Course, Prof. S. Banerjee, Department of

Electrical Engineering, Indian Institute of Technology – Kharagpur, https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108105058

2. Steam and Gas Power Systems, NPTEL Course, Prof. Ravi Kumar, Department of

Mechanical and Industrial Engineering, Indian Institute of Technology – Roorkee, https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112107216

Page 127: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 127 of 179

IPPE-460 Environmental Planning and Control [3 0 0 3]

Course Objectives

To emphasize the functioning of natural and human-generated environmental systems for

design and implementation of environmental planning and its control measures in

manufacturing and service industries in order to address the climate change/environmental

issues more effectively and efficiently.

Course Outcomes

CO1: The students will be able to analyze the complex and dynamic interactions between

humans and their environment / ecosystem.

CO2: The students will be able to apply professional techniques and procedures for effective

environmental planning

and its management.

CO 3: The knowledge and awareness of environmental legislations will make the students to

contribute to the development of environmental management system design (ISO 14000) at

various levels (Company, Municipality, national and international).

CO4: The students will be able to understand the need for environment impact assessment for

various projects and will be able to implement the same in the real life situation.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Section A

Introduction to environment management: Environment and its components, ecology and its

divisions, structure of function of ecosystem, data base management for environmental

appraisal, monitoring & warning system. environmental hazards, terminology and classification

of natural resources, environmental impact analysis, environmental planning.

Environmental pollution: Concept and nature of pollution, sources and types of pollution and

their effects, air, water, noise, thermal pollution monitoring and its parameters.

Section B

Environment and law: Environment legislations and its uses, water Act, air Act water Cess

Act, hazardous waste handling Act, biomedical waste management Act, solid waste

management Act, role of environmental enforcement organizations, kyoto protocol.

Systems of environment management: Management of air pollution control, management of

water pollution, management of prevention of thermal pollution, management of waste heat.

Section C

Systems of environment management (Contd.) Management of solid waste disposal,

hazardous wastes, management of noise pollution, biomedical waste management, management

of agricultural pollution.

Environmental control: Introduction to ISO-14000, its parameters, importance of ISO 14000

in production and service sector various pollution control methods and devices.

Page 128: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 128 of 179

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:

1. Della-Giustina Denial E, “Safety and environment management”, Johan Wiley

Publications.

2. Markman Howard J, “Environmental Management and Cleaner Production”, John

Wiley Publications.

3. Johnson Perry, “ISO14000, The Business Managers Complete Guide to Environment

Management”, John Wiley Publication.

4. Nemesow Nelson L, “Zero Pollution for Industry”, John Wiley Publication.

5. Gilbert M. Masters, “Introduction to Environmental Engineering and Science”, Pearson

education.

Page 129: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 129 of 179

IPPE-461 Lean, Six-Sigma and Theory of Constraints [3 0 0 3]

Course Objective

This course will introduce concepts and techniques of three important improvement

philosophies i.e. Lean, Six-Sigma and Theory of Constraints and will train the students so that

they can apply them in real life situations.

Course Outcomes

After completing the course

CO 1: The students will understand the basic concepts of Lean and methodology to implement it

in real life scenario

CO 2: The students will understand the basic concepts of Six sigma philosophy.

CO 3: The students will understand the role of Bottleneck in performance of an organization, the

methods to manage and elevate a bottleneck.

CO 4: The students will Learn the methodology to combine the three philosophies together to

gain from synergistic effect.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Lean Manufacturing- Basic Concepts, seven types of manufacturing wastes, Cellular

manufacturing, JIT Scheduling, Role of TQM, TPM and Supplier Partnership in Lean, Kanban,

5S techniques, SMED, Continuous improvement

Six sigma: Six Sigma Principles and Focus Areas, Voice of customer, Quality Function

Deployment (QFD),DMAIC approach,

Define: Six Sigma Project Identification, Selection and Definition, Project Charter and

Monitoring, Process characteristics and analysis, Process Mapping: SIPOC, Process capability

analysis, Data Collection and Summarization,

ANALYZE: Hypothesis testing, ANOVA, Failure Mode Effect Analysis

IMPROVE: Introduction to Design of Experiment, Randomized Block Design, Factorial

Design, Taguchi Method,

CONTROL: Seven QC Tools, Statistical Process Control,

Design for Six Sigma, Case studies on successful implementation of Six Sigma, Design for

Manufacturing (DFM), and Design for Assemble (DFA) and Reliability Analysis

Theory of Constraints: Introduction, Bottleneck and its role in performance of an

organization, Five step Process of ongoing improvement (POOGI), Drum-Buffer-Rope

Scheduling, Buffer Management, TOC Product mix HEURISTICS, Nine OPT Rules, Thinking

Process tools of TOC, TOC and Change Management, TOC and Marketing Management,

Critical Chain Project Management approach, effective empowerment, control points, V-A-T

configuration. Performance Measurement methods Introduction to TLS i.e. Methodology for

combined implementation of three techniques

Page 130: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 130 of 179

TEXT BOOKS

1. Goldratt E.M., “What is this thing called Theory of constraints and how should it be

implemented”, North River Press, 1990

2. Goldratt E.M., Cox Jeff, “The Goal: A process of ongoing improvements”, North River

Press, 1984

3. Forrest W. Breyfogle III, Implementing Six Sigma, John Wiley & Sons, INC.

4. Evans, J R and W M Lindsay, An Introduction to Six Sigma and Process Improvement,

CENGAGE Learning.

5. Montgomery, D C. Design and Analysis of Experiments, Wiley.

6. Mitra, Amitava. Fundamentals of Quality Control and Improvement, Wiley India Pvt

Ltd.

7. Askin RG, Goldberg J B ”Design and Analysis of Lean Production systems” John

Wiley & Sons (2002)

REFERENCE BOOKS

Howard S. Gitlow and David M. Levine, Six Sigma for Green Belts and Champions, Pearson

Education, Inc.

ONLINE RESOURSES

Dr. Jitesh J. Thakkar is an Associate Professor at the Department of Industrial and Systems

Engineering, Indian Institute of Technology Kharagpur,

India. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc19_mg17/preview

Prof. Tapan P Baghci, IIT Kharagpur, https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110105039/

Prof . G. Srinivasan, Professor, Department of Management studies, IIT Madras

“Manufacturing Systems Management: Video Course”

https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110106044

Page 131: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 131 of 179

IPPE-462 Electrical and Control Systems [3 0 0 3]

Course Outcomes

CO1: Students will have a clear understanding of various realistic dynamic systems

CO2: Students will be able to design controllers

CO3: Students will be able to analyses and provide optimized controller

SYLLABUS

Chapter 1: Intuitive introduction to control systems

Chapter 2: System dynamics and modeling: Differential equations, modeling in the frequency

domain, modeling in the time domain

Chapter 3: Time Response: Holes and zeros, System response, First and second order systems

Chapter 4: Stability Analysis: Routh-Hurwitz Criterion, State-space stability

Chapter 5: Steady-state errors

Chapter 6: Root locus techniques and control design

Chapter 7: Frequency response and control design

Chapter 8: State-space analysis and control design

Text Books:

Control Systems Engineering by Norman S. Nise

Feedback Control of Dynamic Systems by Gene F. Franklin, J. David Powell, Abbas Emami-

Naeini

Modern Control Engineering by Katsuhiko Ogata

Online resources:

Introduction to Control by Prof. Katherine A. Kim, UNIST, Korea

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gJzY6jOcgN0&t=1s

Page 132: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 132 of 179

IPPE- 463 Numerical Methods [3 0 0 3]

Course Objective

This course aims at providing the necessary basic concepts and procedures of a few numerical

methods enabling students to solve problems occurring in engineering and technology that has

poor and unpromising possibility of computationally economic analytical implementation.

Course Outcomes

After completing the course students will be able to

CO1: have a clear perception of the power of numerical methods,

CO2: use a variety of standardized numerical methods,

CO4: demonstrate the applications of these methods to problems drawn from industry,

management and other engineering fields and

CO2: develop an approach for innovative thinking in their problem solving capabilities as an

engineer.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Introduction: Importance of Numerical Methods, Numerical Methods Vs Analytical Methods,

Errors in Computations, Sources of errors, Numerical Instability, An overview of possible

applications of Numerical Methods.

Solution of Algebraic and Transcendental Equations: Bisection method, Iteration method,

Method of false position,, Newton -Raphson method, Solution of systems of non-linear

equations.

Interpolation Method: Finite difference, forward, backward and central difference, Difference

of polynomial, Newton’s formulae for interpolation, central difference interpolation formulae,

Interpolation with unevenly spaced points, Newton's general interpolation formula,

interpolation by iteration.

Numerical Differentiation and Integration: Numerical differentiation, maximum and

minimum values of a tabulated function; Numerical Integration- trapezoidal rule, Simpson1/3

rule, Simpsons 3/8 rule, Newton-cots integration formulae; Euler-Meclaurin formula, Gaussian

integration(One dimensional only)

Solution of Linear Systems of Equations: Gauss Elimination method (fall and banded

symmetric and un-symmetric systems), Gauss Jordon method. Eigen value problems (Power

method only).

Numerical solution of ordinary and partial differential equations: Solution by Taylor's

series, Prediction -correction method, Boundary value problems, Prediction corrector method,

Euler's and modified Euler's method, Runge-Kutta method, finite difference methods. Finite

difference approximation to derivatives, Solution to Laplaces equation- Jacobi's method, Gauss

–Siedel method.

Note

As assignment work students can be asked to draw flow charts or pseudo-codes for various

numerical methods and write computer programs in a high level language.

Page 133: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 133 of 179

TEXT BOOKS

1. B.S. and Grewal. J.S.,” Numerical methods in Engineering and Science”,

Khanna Publishers, New Delhi.

2. C. F. and Wheatley. P. O., “Applied Numerical Analysis”, Pearson Education, Asia,

New Delhi.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. S.C., and Canale.R.P., “Numerical Methods for Engineers’’, Tata McGraw Hill,

New Delhi.

2. Brian “A friendly introduction to Numerical analysis”, Pearson Education, Asia,

New Delhi.

3. Sankara Rao. K., “Numerical methods for Scientists and Engineers”, Prentice Hall of

India Private, New Delhi.

ONLINE RESOURSES

1. Numerical Methods and Computations, NPTEL course, Prof. S.R.K. Iyengar,

Department of Mathematics, IIT Delhi, https://nptel.ac.in/courses/122102009

2. https://swayam.gov.in/courses/5152-numerical-analysis created by Mandhumangal Pal,

Vidya Sagar University.

Page 134: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 134 of 179

IPPE-464 Rapid Prototyping [3 0 0 3]

Course Outcomes

CO1: Students will understand the importance of additive manufacturing

CO2: Students will know various 3D printing technologies available

CO:3 Should will be able to select appropriate technology based upon the requirement

CO4: students will be able to build their own 3D printer.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Chapter1: Learn what 3D Printing is, how 3D Printers work, and the types of objects you can

make using this technology.

Chapter 2: 3D Printing Applications: how individuals, entrepreneurs, and businesses can

leverage the ecosystem to turn ideas into objects. Intellectual property issues in 3D printing.

Chapter 3: 3D Printing Software: Design sketching for 3D Printing, Fusion 360 basics and

advanced

Chapter 4: Types of 3d printing technologies, process, relative advantages and disadvantages

and selection of appropriate technology for a specific product

Chapter 5: Developing and fabrication of a simple 3D printer

Chapter 6: Modelling for Electronic Equipment Product Conceptualizing, Use of CAD for

Equipment detailing, Use of Rapid prototyping 3D printing and FDM, Use of flat features

Laser cutting, Integration with Electronics Hardware

TEXT BOOKS

1. 3D Printing for Dummies, by Richard Horne, Kalani Kirk Hausman

2. Autodesk Fusion 360 by Samar Gaurav Verma

ONLINE RESOURSES

1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18_ee38/preview

2. Physical Modelling for Electronics Enclosures using Rapid prototyping by Prof NV

Chalapathi Rao https://www.coursera.org/learn/3d-printing-applications, Professor

Vishal Sachdev, University of Illinois

Page 135: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 135 of 179

IPE-465 DESIGN OF EXPERIMENTS [3-0-0-3]

COURSE OUTCOMES

CO1.Identify the general dimensioning techniques

CO2.Apply the principles of tolerance in Manufacturing

CO3.Calculate the optimum material requirement

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Introduction- Planning of experiments – Steps – Need, Terminology: Factors, levels, variables,

experimental error, replication, Randomization, Blocking, Confounding.

Single Factor Experiments- ANOVA - Sum of squares – Completely randomized design,

Randomized block design, effect of coding, Comparison of treatment means – Newman Kuel’s

test, Duncan’s Multiple Range test, Latin Square Design.

Factorial Experiments-Main and interaction effects –Two and three Factor full factorial

Designs, 2k designs with Two and Three factors- Yate’s Algorithm

Special Experimental Designs- Blocking and Confounding in 2k design Taguchi Techniques-

Fundamentals of Taguchi methods, Quality Loss function, orthogonal designs, application to

Process and Parameter design.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Montgomery, DC “Design and Analysis of Experiments”, John Wiley and Sons, 5th

Edition, 2002.

2. Hicks, C R, “Fundamental concepts in the Design of Experiments”, Holt, Rinehort and

Winston, 2000.

3. Bagchi, T P, “Taguchi Methods explained”, PHI, 2002.

4. Ross P J, “Taguchi Techniques for quality Engineering”, Prentice Hall, 2000.

ONLINE RESOURSES

1. Design Of Experiments, NPTEL course, Professor J. Maiti, IIT Kharagpur: https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18_mg01/preview

Page 136: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 136 of 179

IPPE-466 Digital Manufacturing & Design Technology [3 0 0 3]

Course Objectives

At the end of the course the students should be familiar to the foundation in how digital

advances are changing the landscape and capabilities of factories including a touch on digital

manufacturing and design practices, the concept of the digital thread, the Internet of Things and

Big Data.

Course Outcomes

After completing the course students will be able to:

CO 1: understand what digital manufacturing and design (DMD) is and how it is impacting

careers, practices and processes in companies both large and small.

CO 2: understand the facets of manufacturing’s “Fourth Revolution,” aka Industry 4.0, and

features a culminating project involving creation of a roadmap to achieve a self-established

DMD-related professional goal.

CO 3: understand various steps involved in data analysis. Data Collection, Data Storage, Data

Organization and Data Pre-processing.

CO 4: understand the techniques used in advanced analysis, like Determination of Significant

Variables/Factors, Data Visualization, and Anomaly Detection.

CO5: use the spectrum of sensors to implement intelligent machining.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Unit 1: Introduction

Introduction to Digital Manufacturing and Design, Advantages of Digital Manufacturing and

Design, Transition to Digital Manufacturing and Design, Information Sharing in the Digital

Thread, Data Procurement Standards, Manufacturing Supply Chains

Unit 2: Components of the Paradigm

Introduction to the Digital Thread, Gaining Insight from Data, Advanced Analysis, A Closed

Loop Approach, Intelligent Machining, Integrated Information Systems in the Product

Lifecycle, Advanced Manufacturing Enterprise, An Open Source Strategy, Digital

Manufacturing Commons, Digital Manufacturing Security, Roadmap to Success in Digital

Manufacturing and Design Technology, Digital Manufacturing & Design-- Key Takeaways

Unit 3: Advanced Manufacturing Process Analysis

Introduction to Advanced Manufacturing Process Analysis, The Data Analysis Process, Data

Analysis: Value and Process, Data Collection in Different Manufacturing Settings, Discrete

Part Manufacturing, Continuous Manufacturing

Unit 4: Data Collection

Traditional Data Sets versus Big Data, Resources: Data Collection, Data Storage and

Organization, Preprocessing

Unit 5: Data Analysis: Computational Techniques and Platforms

Sensitivity Analysis, Anomaly Detection, Computing Platform, Components, Categories, and

Capabilities, High Performance and Cloud Computing, Roadmap to Success in Digital

Manufacturing and Design Technology

Unit 6: Intelligent Machining

Page 137: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 137 of 179

Introduction to Intelligent Machining, Why Intelligent Machining, Components of Intelligent

Machining

Unit 7: Sensors and Sensing Techniques

Types of Sensors, Signal Processing, Transforming Data into Information, Practical Uses of

Machine Learning

Unit 8: Process Control Strategies

Programmable Logic Controllers (PLC), Introduction to Machining Process Control, Closed

Loop Process Control Systems, Adaptive Control with Optimization, Machining Force Control,

Commercially Available Software, Future Directions in Advanced Machining

TEXT BOOKS

1. Tai-Ran H., “MEMS & Microsystems Design and Manufacture”, Fourth reprint edition,

2012

2. Allen James J, “Micro Electromechanical System Design”, First edition, Taylor and

Farancis, FL (USA), 2005.

3. Maluf Nadim and Williams Kirt, “An Introduction to Microelectromechanical Systems

Engineering”, Second Edition, ARTECH House, MA (USA), 2004.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. N. Maluf," An Introduction to Micro-Electro Mechanical System Engineering", Artech.

House

2. S. Senturia," Micro system Design", Springer

ONLINE RESOURSES

1. Digital Manufacturing & Design Technology, Course on Coursera by Ken English,

Deputy Director, Sustainable Manufacturing and Advanced Robotic Technologies

Community of Excellence, https://www.coursera.org/learn/digital-manufacturing-design

2. Intelligent Machining, Course on Coursera by Rahul Rai, Associate Professor,

Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering. https://www.coursera.org/learn/intelligent-machining

3. Digital Manufacturing & Design Technology Specialization, Course on Coursera by

Rahul Rai, Associate Professor, Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering. https://www.coursera.org/learn/advanced-manufacturing-process-analysis

Page 138: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 138 of 179

IPPE-467 Introduction to MATLAB [3 0 0 3]

Course Outcomes

CO1: Student will be able to use matrices and plotting

CO2: Students can handle functions and programming for engineering problems

CO3: Use various Matlab tool boxes for engineering problems.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Chapter 1: The MATLAB Environment: Start MATLAB and familiarize user interface, Use

MATLAB as a sophisticated calculator, syntax and semantics, create plots in MATLAB.

Chapter 2: Matrices and Operators: Matrices in MATLAB, Solve problems by manipulating

matrices, and operators are the primary means by which we manipulate them. How to define

matrices, extract parts of them and combine them to form new matrices. How to use operators

to add, subtract, multiply, and divide matrices, and several different types of multiplication and

division. MATLAB’s rules for determining the order in which operators are carried out when

more than one of them appear in the same expression.

Chapter 3: Functions: Using functions to break up complex problems into smaller, more

manageable parts. How functions let us create reusable software components that can be

applied in many different programs. How the environment inside a function is separated from

the outside via a well-defined interface through which it communicates with that outside world.

How to define a function to allow input to it when it initiates its execution and output from it

when it is done.

Chapter 4: Programmer's Toolbox: Explore MATLABs has useful built-in functions .Learn

about polymorphism and how MATLAB exploits it to change a function's behavior on the basis

of the number and type of its inputs. How to use the MATLAB random number generator. How

to get input from the keyboard, how to print to the Command Window, and how to plot graphs

in a Figure window. How to find programming errors with the help of the debugger.

Chapter 5: Selection: Selection is the means by which MATLAB makes decisions about the

order in which it executes its statements. How to use the if-statement. How to use relational

operators and logical operators. How to write polymorphic functions and how to make

functions resistant to error.

Chapter 6: Loops: learn how to use both of MATLAB's loop constructs: the for-loop and the

while-loop. Learn how the break-statement works, and use nested loops. Learn how to make

loops more efficient. Learn about logical indexing and will see how to use it to produce implicit

loops that are efficient and easy for a user to understand.

Chapter 7: Data Types: Learn ten types of numbers and that there are conversion functions to

change one type into another. Learn much more about strings and how the characters in them

are encoded as numbers. Learn how to produce heterogeneous collections of data via structs

and cells, and learn how to store points in time and time durations.

Chapter 8: File Input/Output: Learn how to create, read from, and write into MAT-files,

Excel files, text files, and binary files. Learn how to navigate among folders with MATLAB

commands.

Page 139: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 139 of 179

Text Books

1. Computer Programming with MATLAB, Akos Ledeczi and J. Michael Fitzpatrick,

ebook, WorldPress.com, 2013

2. Getting Started with MATLAB: A Quick Introduction for Scientists & Engineers,

Rudra Pratap, Oxford press, 2010

Online Recourses

1. https://www.coursera.org/learn/matlab

2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/103106118/2

Reference Books

1. MATLAB programming for numerical computation, Prof Niket Kaisare, IIT Madras

2. Introduction to Programming with MATLAB, Prof Mike Fitzpatrick, Prof Akos

Ledeczi, Vanderbilt University

Page 140: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 140 of 179

IPPE-468 Introduction to Internet of Things [3-0-0-3]

Course Outcomes

CO1: Students will learn about various types of sensors and actuators

CO2 Students will be able to interface various sensors and actuators with Arduino

CO3: Students will be able to interface various sensors and actuators Raspberry Pi

CO4: Students should be able to develop some simple projects using Arduino and Raspberry Pi

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Introduction to the Internet of Things and Embedded Systems:

Define the term “Internet of Things”, State the technological trends which have led to IoT,

Describe the impact of IoT on society, Define what an embedded system is in terms of its

interface, Enumerate and describe the components of an embedded system, Describe the

interactions of embedded systems with the physical world , Name the core hardware

components most commonly used in IoT devices, Describe the interaction between software

and hardware in an IoT device, Describe the role of an operating system to support software in

an IoT device , Explain the use of networking and basic networking hardware, Describe the

structure of the Internet. Describe the meaning of a “network protocol”, Explain MANETs and

their relation to IoT

The Arduino Platform and C Programming: Outline the composition of the Arduino

development board, describe what it means to program the board's firmware, Read board

schematics, Install Arduino IDE 5. Describe what "shields" are and how they are used, Specify

the role of libraries in the use of shields, Compile and run a program, Name C Variables and

Types, Name common C operators, Use conditionals and loops, Explain functions, their

definition and invocation, Explain the implications of global variables, Undertake the Arduino

build process, Describe the role of the tools behind the IDE, Describe how to invoke functions

in classes, Explain the structure of an Arduino sketch, Access the pins of the Arduino,

Differentiate between digital and analog pin, Debug embedded software, Explain the

importance of controllability and observability in the debugging process, Describe common

debugging architectures for embedded systems, Explain how the UART Serial communication

protocol works, Describe how the Arduino Serial library performs serial communication

Interfacing with the Arduino: Receiving inputs from add-on devices such as sensors, and

control the world around it by adjusting lights, motors, and other actuators. Use the different

types of sensors and how to connect them to the Arduino. Since the external world uses

continuous or analog signals and the hardware is digital so learn how these signals are

converted back-and-forth and how this must be considered while programing device. Learn

about the use of Arduino-specific shields and the shields software libraries to interface with the

real world.

The Raspberry Pi Platform and Python Programming for the Raspberry Pi: Setup the

Raspberry Pi environment, get a Linux operating system running, and write and execute some

basic Python code on the Raspberry Pi. How to use Python-based IDE (integrated development

environments) for the Raspberry Pi and how to trace and debug Python code on the device.

Interfacing with the Raspberry Pi: how to use the Raspberry Pi to interface with more

complicated sensors and actuators. Explore the use of the Raspberry Pi camera module and the

use of a servo. The Raspberry Pi camera module to be used through the picamera library.

Servos are controlled by generating pulse width modulated signals and varying their pulse

width using library functions.

Page 141: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 141 of 179

Interfacing with the Raspberry Pi: The Raspberry Pi uses a variety of input/output devices

based on protocols such as HDMI, USB, and Ethernet to communicate with the outside world.

In this class you will learn how to use these protocols with other external devices (sensors,

motors, GPS, orientation, LCD screens etc.) to get your IoT device to interact with the real

world. Most physical devices use analog signals; however computer hardware is digital so in

this class you will learn how these signals are converted back-and-forth and how this must be

considered as you program your device. The basic design of a sensor-actuator system will also

be covered. You will also learn how to build more sophisticated hardware systems using

Raspberry Pi expansion boards to create fun and exciting IoT devices.

Programming for the Internet of Things Project: Design a microcontroller-based embedded

system. Build and test a system. Built on a low-cost budget for a real-world application.

ONLINE RESOURCE

Introduction to the Internet of Things and Embedded Systems, Professor Ian Harris, University

of California, Irvine https://www.coursera.org/learn/iot?specialization=iot

TEXT BOOK

Arduino for Dummies, John Nussey, John Wiley & Sons, 2013

Programming the Raspberry Pi: Getting Started with Python, Simon Monk, McGraw Hill, 2013

Learning Python with Raspberry Pi, Alex Bradbury, Ben Everard , John Wiley & Sons, 2014

Page 142: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 142 of 179

IPPE-469 Industry 4.0 [3-0-0-3]

Course Outcomes

CO1: Students will learn about fundamental of Industry 4.0

CO2: Students will learn how to handle Big Data using R programming

CO3: Students will learn to handle Information Security and Fog computing

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Introduction: Sensing & actuation

Industry 4.0: Globalization and Emerging Issues, The Fourth Revolution, LEAN Production

Systems, Smart and Connected Business Perspective, Smart Factories, Cyber Physical Systems

and Next Generation Sensors, Collaborative Platform and Product Lifecycle Management,

Augmented Reality and Virtual Reality, Artificial Intelligence, Big Data and Advanced

Analysis

Basics of Industrial IoT: Industrial Processes, Industrial Sensing & Actuation, Industrial

Internet Systems, IIoT-Introduction, Industrial IoT: Business Model and Reference

Architecture: IIoT-Business Models, Industrial IoT- Layers: IIoT Sensing, IIoT Processing,

IIoT Communication

Big Data Analytics: Big data analytics and Software Defined Networks: IIoT Analytics -

Introduction, Machine Learning and Data Science, R and Julia Programming, Data

Management with Hadoop, Data Analytics and Software Defined Networks, Data Center

Networks, Industrial IoT: Security and Fog Computing: Cloud Computing

Cybersecurity in Industry 4.0: Security and Fog Computing, Fog Computing in IIoT,

Security in IIoT- Application Domains: Factories and Assembly Line, Food Industry.

Application Domains: Healthcare, Power Plants, Inventory Management & Quality Control,

Plant Safety and Security (Including AR and VR safety applications), Facility Management,

Application Domains: Oil, chemical and pharmaceutical industry, Applications of UAVs in

Industries, Case studies.

Text Book

Industry 4.0: Industrial Internet of Things, Gilchrist, Alasdair, Apress, 2016

Online resources

https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc19_cs32/preview

Introduction to Industry 4.0 and Industrial Internet of Things, Professor, Sudip Misra, IIT

Kharagpur

Page 143: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 143 of 179

IPPE-470 Introduction to Data Analytics [3 0 0 3]

Course Objective

This course will introduce various concepts and methods of Data analysis like Descriptive

Statistics, Inferential Statistics, Prescriptive analytics, Machine Learning, Supervised and

Unsupervised Learning

Course Outcomes

After completing the course

CO 1: The students will understand the basic concepts of Descriptive Statistics and various

Probability Distributions

CO 2: The students will understand the basic concepts of Inferential Statistics through

hypothesis testing

CO 3: The students will understand various algorithms for Machine Learning

CO 4: The students will understand various algorithms for Supervised and Unsupervised

Learning

CO 5: The students will understand various techniques for creating data for analytics and Active

learning.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Descriptive Statistics

Introduction to the course, Descriptive Statistics, Probability Distributions

Inferential Statistics

Inferential Statistics through hypothesis tests, Permutation & Randomization Test

Regression & ANOVA

Regression, ANOVA (Analysis of Variance)

Machine Learning: Introduction and Concepts

Differentiating algorithmic and model based frameworks, Regression: Ordinary Least Squares,

Ridge Regression, Lasso Regression Nearest Neighbours Regression & Classification

Supervised Learning with Regression and Classification techniques -1

Bias-Variance Dichotomy, Model Validation Approaches, Logistic Regression, Linear

Discriminant Analysis, Quadratic Discriminant Analysis, Regression and Classification Trees,

Support Vector Machines

Supervised Learning with Regression and Classification techniques -2

Ensemble Methods: Random Forest, Neural Networks, Deep learning

Unsupervised Learning and Challenges for Big Data Analytics

Clustering, Associative Rule Mining, Challenges for big data analytics

Prescriptive analytics

Creating data for analytics through designed experiments, creating data for analytics

through Active learning creating data for analytics through Reinforcement learning.

Page 144: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 144 of 179

TEXT BOOKS

1. Hastie, Trevor, et al. The elements of ststistical learning. Vol 2 No 1 New York:

Springer,2009.

2. Montgomery, Douglas C.and George C. Runger. Applied Statics and Probability for

Engieers.

REFERENCE BOOKS

ONLINE RESOURSES

Introduction to Data Analytics, NPTEL course, Prof. Nandan Sudarsanam and Prof. Balaraman

Ravindran Deptt.of Management Studies , IIT Madras, http://nptel.ac.in/courses/110106064

Page 145: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 145 of 179

IPPE-471 Heat and Mass Transfer [3 0 0 3]

Course Objectives

To understand the fundamentals of heat transfer mechanisms in fluids and solids and their

applications in various heat transfer equipment in process industries.

Course Outcomes

CO 1: The student will be able to apply the concepts of conduction, convection and radiation to

formulate engineering and natural thermal systems.

CO 2: The student will be able to calculate the rate of heat transfer/mass transfer for the design

of appropriate items like pipes, cylinders, flat surfaces etc.

CO 3: The student will be able to introduce modification in the existing industrial components

within realistic constraints.

CO 4: The student will be able to identify the root causes of low effectiveness of various

equipment’s on shop floor and take the appropriate measures to correct them.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Section A

Conduction: Basic law of heat conduction – Fourier’s law, thermal conductivity, its

dependence on temperature, steady state heat conduction through a composite solid and its

electric analogue, steady state heat conduction through cylinders, spheres and variable area of

solids, different insulating materials and their applications for process equipment and pipelines,

Fourier’s law in three dimensions, lumped capacity method of unsteady state conduction.

Section B

Convection: Convection heat transfer and the concept of heat transfer coefficient, individual

and overall heat transfer coefficient, heat transfer between fluids separated by plane wall, heat

transfer between fluids separated by cylindrical wall (pipes), critical/ optimum insulation

thickness, heat transfer through extended surfaces.

Forced Convection: Over a flat plate, thermal boundary layer, dimensionless groups and

Dimensional analysis, Buckingham Pi-theorem, heat transfer correlations- internal and external

flows, laminar and turbulent flows,

Free convection: Heat transfer correlations for free convection, free convection from flat

surfaces, free convection from a cylinder.

Heat Transfer with phase change: Boiling phenomena and analysis of boiling curve,

correlation for nucleate boiling, critical heat flux, condensation phenomena, film condensation

on a vertical surface (Nusselt equation, effect of non-condensable gases, drop wise

condensation.

Section C

Radiation: Basic principle of radiation from a surface, blackbody radiation, Planck’s law,

Wein’s displacement law, the Stefan Boltzmann law, Kirchhoff’s law, gray body, radiation

exchange between black bodies & grey bodies.

Heat Exchanger: Types of heat exchangers; fouling factors; overall heat transfer coefficient;

Logarithmic mean temperature difference (LMTD) method; Effectiveness-NTU method.

Introduction to Mass Transfer: Introduction; Fick’s law of diffusion; Steady state equimolar

counter diffusion; Steady state diffusion though a stagnant gas film.

Page 146: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 146 of 179

TEXT BOOKS

1. Holman J P, “Heat Transfer”, McGraw Hill Book Co. (1992).

2. Yunus A. Cenegel, “Heat & Mass Transfer: A practical Approach”, McGraw Hill Book

Co. (2007).

3. Incropera F P and DeWitt D P, “Introduction to Heat Transfer,” 2nd Ed John Wiley

New York (1996).

4. Geankopolis C J, “Transport Processes and Separation Process Principles”, Prentice

Hall of India, 4th Edition, Eastern Economy Edition (2004)

5. Kern D Q, “Process Heat Transfer”, McGraw Hill Book Co. (1997).

6. Coulson J M and Richardson J F, “Chemical Engineering” Volume 1, Pergamon Press

(1999).

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Whitaker, S., Fundamental Principles of Heat Transfer, New York, Per gammon, 1997.

2. Cussler, E, L., Diffusion. Mass Transfer in Fluid Systems, Cambridge, 1985.

ONLINE RESOURSES

1. Advanced Heat and Mass Transfer, NPTEL Course, Prof. Saikat Chakraborty,

Department of Chemical Engineering, IIT Kharagpur,

2. https://nptel.ac.in/syllabus/103105052/

3. Heat and Mass Transfer, NPTEL Course, Prof. S. P. Sukhatme, Department of

Mechanical Engineering, Indian Institute of Technology, Bombay,

4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112101097/

Page 147: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 147 of 179

IPPE-472 Machine Tool Design [3 0 0 3]

Course Objectives

After completing this course the students should understand the basics motion and structure of

machine tool. To enable the students to understand the machine tool and quality assurance

operations in machine tool operations.

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, the student will be able to:

CO 1: Understand basic motions involved in a machine tool.

CO 2: Design machine tool structures.

CO 3: Design and analyze systems for specified speeds and feeds.

CO 4: Select subsystems for achieving high accuracy in machining.

CO 5: Understand control strategies for machine tool operations.

CO 6: Apply appropriate quality tests for quality assurance.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Introduction to Machine Tool Drives and Mechanisms: Introduction to the course, Working

and Auxiliary Motions in Machine Tools, Kinematics of Machine Tools, Motion Transmission

Regulation of Speeds and Feeds: Aim of Speed and Feed Regulation, Stepped Regulation of

Speeds, Multiple Speed Motors, Ray Diagrams and Design Considerations, Design of Speed

Gear Boxes, Feed Drives, Feed Box Design, Design of Machine

Tool Structures: Functions of Machine Tool Structures and their Requirements, Design for

Strength, Design for Rigidity, Materials for Machine Tool Structures, Machine Tool

Constructional Features, Beds and Housings, Columns and Tables, Saddles and Carriages

Design of Guideways,

Power Screws and Spindles: Functions and Types of Guideways, Design of Guideways,

Design of Aerostatic Slideways, Design of Anti-Friction Guideways, Combination Guideways,

Design of Power Screws.

Design of Spindles and Spindle Supports: Functions of Spindles and Requirements, Effect of

Machine Tool Compliance on Machining Accuracy, Design of Spindles, Antifriction Bearings.

Dynamics of Machine Tools: Machine Tool Elastic System, Static and Dynamic Stiffness

Acceptance Tests Bearings: Swivel bearing, thrust bearing, plumber block.

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

1. N.K. Mehta, Machine Tool Design and Numerical Control, TMH, New Delhi, 2010

2. G.C. Sen and A. Bhattacharya, Principles of Machine Tools, New Central Book

Agency, 2009.

3. D. K Pal, S. K. Basu, “Design of Machine Tools”, 5th Edition. Oxford IBH, 2008

4. N. S. Acherkhan, “Machine Tool Design”, Vol. I, II, III and IV, MIR publications, 1968

REFERENCE BOOKS

Same as Recommended books

ONLINE RESOURSES

https://www.nitw.ac.in/media/Scheme&Syllabus-2014/B.Tech_Mech_Syllabus.pdf

Journals/EBooks etc.

Page 148: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 148 of 179

IPPE- 473 Marketing Management [3 0 0 3]

Course Objective

The objective of this course is to introduce the students with various aspects of marketing as it

plays as a major source of influence in every aspect of an Industrial Engineers decision making

and working.

Course Outcomes

After completing the course students will be able to

CO1: solve the problems of the ultimate consumers more effectively

CO2: visualize design problems with market perspectives, leading to better product

development

CO3: comprehend the factors and mechanisms behind pricing decisions

CO4: find the solutions for Industrial problems with more effectiveness

CO5: participate and contribute in interdisciplinary problem solving teams at workplace.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Introduction: Marketing concept, marketing approaches, marketing tasks, marketing as a

system and modern practices, marketing of services.

Global and Indian Marketing Environment: Introduction, comparison, differences and

similarities, micro & macro environmental variables.

Consumer Behavior: Factors influencing consumer behavior, buying process consumers’

motives, reference groups & industrial buying behavior.

Marketing Information System: Concepts & importance, components & functions of each

component.

Marketing Segmentation & planning: Marketing segmentation & targeting, marketing

planning, strategic planning process.

Product Decisions: Product mix, product differentiation & positioning, new product

development process, consumer adoption process, product life cycle & strategies, packaging &

labeling.

Pricing Decisions: Objective of pricing, factors influencing pricing decisions, pricing methods,

pricing policies.

Channel Decisions: Nature and types of marketing channels, channel management decisions,

retailing & whole selling.

Promotion Decisions: Promotion mix, advertising, sales promotion, personal selling, media

buying & media planning.

Internet and Marketing: Influence of rising internet usage on each of the above issues.

Social Media and Marketing

Note: Last two topics to be taught in correlation to each of the other topics.

Page 149: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 149 of 179

TEXT BOOKS

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Azhar Kazmi, (2007), ‘Business Policy and Strategic Management’, Tata Mc Graw

Hill: New Delhi.

2. Douglas West, John Ford and Essam Ibrahim, (2007) ‘Strategic Marketing’, Oxford

University Press: New Delhi.

3. Adrian Palmer, (2007) ‘Introduction to Marketing – Theory and Practice’, Oxford

University Press: New Delhi.

4. V. S. Ramaswamy and S. Namakumari, (2007) ‘Marketing Management’, Macmillan

India Ltd.

5. Philip Kotler, (2007) ‘Marketing Management’, Pearson Education: New Delhi.

6. Kurtz & Boone, ‘Principles of Marketing’, (12th Ed), Thomson.

7. Cinzkota & Kotabe, ‘Marketing Marketing’, (2nd Ed). Thomson

8. David Meerman Scott, ‘The new rules of marketing and PR: How to use social media,

blogs, news release, online video and viral marketing to reach Buyers directly’, John

Wiley and sons.

9. Rafi Mohammed, ‘Internet Marketing: Building advantage in the networked economy’,

McGraw Hill Education

ONLINE RESOURSES

1. Marketing Management-I, NPTEL course, Prof. Jayanta Chatterjee, Senior Professor

and Dr. Shashi Shekhar Mishra, Assistant Professor, Department of Industrial and

Management Engineering, IIT Kanpur, https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18_mg30/preview

Page 150: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 150 of 179

IPPE- 474 Fluid Mechanics and Machinery [3 0 0 3]

Course Objective

Fluid mechanics describes all the physical laws that govern the flow of fluid and gases and helps us

recognize the causes and effects of fluid flow through the determination of characteristic parameters

like pressure field, velocity field in a fluid flow along with different properties of fluid like density,

viscosity and mainly an interrelation between these two and in different situation not only the flow of

fluid but also the case when fluid is at rest and basic idea about fluid machinery.

Course Outcomes

CO1: Understand the behaviour of fluids at rest as well as in motion and utilizing the principles

develop in previous mechanics courses.

CO2: Develop the principles and equations for pressure flow and momentum analysis.

CO3: Provide the students with the analysis and design principles for water distribution and pressure

flow system design (pressure flow, pumps and network analysis).

CO4: Illustrate and develop the equations and design principles for open channel flow, including

sanitary and storm sewer design and flood control hydraulics.

CO5: Introduce the varied flow principles and their application. Discuss the use of software-based

solutions etc.

CO6: Understand the working of different types of turbines and be able to design their parts such as

blades, casing, draft tube etc.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Section – A: Introduction to fluid properties, Fluid Statics & Kinematics

Basic concepts and properties of fluids, Manometry, Introductory Concepts, Viscosity, Surface Tension

and Fluid Statics, Fluid Under Rigid Body Motion, Fluid Kinematics, Dynamics of Inviscid Flows,

Integral Forms of Control Volume Conservation Equations (Reynolds Transport theorem)

Section – B: Fluid Dynamics, Flow through Pipes & Dimensional Analysis

Dynamics of Viscous Flows: Introduction to Laminar and Turbulent Flows, Boundary Layer Theory,

Flow Past Immersed Bodies, Potential Flow Past Immersed Bodies, Potential Flow and Flow Past

Immersed Bodies of Special Shapes, Pipe Flows, Compressible Flows, Forces on fixed and moving

vans and other applications. Dimensional Analysis: Basic and derived quantities, similitude and

dimensional analysis, Buckingham π – theorem, non-dimensional parameters, model testing.

Section - C: Hydraulic Turbines & Pumps

Hydraulic Machines: Introduction, classification of turbines, impulse turbines, pelton wheel turbine,

(efficiency of runner, mechanical efficiency and volumetric efficiency, overall efficiency), Reaction

Turbine, Francis Turbine, Kaplan Turbine, (efficiency of runner, mechanical efficiency and volumetric

efficiency, overall efficiency), Draft tube, types of draft tubes, Centrifugal pump.

Page 151: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 151 of 179

TEXT BOOKS

1. White Frank M., Fluid Mechanics, McGraw Hill Companies, Third edition, 2005.

2. Cengel Yunis A and Cimbala John M., Fluid Mechanics Fundamental and Application,

Second edition, 2010.

3. Munson, B.R., Young, D.F., and Okiishi, T.H., “Fundamentals of Fluid Mechanics”, 5th

Ed., John Wiley & Sons, 2005.

4. Modi P.N., Seth S.N., Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics, Standard Book House, Fourth

edition, 1980.

5. Logan Earl, Turbomachinery Basic, Theory and Applications, Second edition, Michael

Dekker, 1993.

6. Donglas, J.M., Gasiorek, J.M, and Swaffield, J.A., “Fluid Mechanics”, 5th Ed.,

Prentice-Hall, 2006.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Bansal R.K., Fluid Mechanics, Firewall Media, 2005

2. Kumar K. L, Engineering Fluid Mechanics, S.Chand Publication, Revised Edition 2007

3. Jain A.K., Fluid Mechanics, Khanna Publications

4. Kothandaraman, C.P. and Rudramoorthy, R., Basic Fluid Mechanics, New Age

International, 1st Edition, 1999.

ONLINE RESOURSES

1. Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Engineering, NPTEL course, Prof. S.

Chakraborty, Department of Mechanical Engineering, IIT Kharagpur,

http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112105183/

Page 152: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 152 of 179

IPPE- 475 Automobile Engineering [3 0 0 3]

Course Objectives

To make the students gain knowledge about the working of various components of auto mobiles.

Course Outcomes

CO 1: Student will be able to understand the theory and the construction of clutches, brakes,

cams.

CO 2: Student will be able to understand the mechanisms for transmission of power from engine

to wheels.

CO 3: Student will be able to understand the design of the tyres for the given set of condition.

CO 4: Student will be able to understand the importance of noise level, Engine emission norms,

vibrations and safety in automobiles.

CO 5. Student will be able to understand the alternative fuels, energy conservations and hybrid

systems and other advancements.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Section A

Introduction to automobile: Importance, applications, job opportunities, classification, types

of vehicles, basic structure, general layout, hybrid vehicles.

Automotive electric and electronic systems: Electric and electronics principles, systems, and

circuits, automotive batteries, construction, and operation, starting system, charging system,

operation and service, ignition system, electronic ignition and fuel control, engine management,

electric vehicles, electronic fuel injection system - monopoint and multipoint systems.

Section B

Automotive drive trains: Clutch - types and construction, fluid flywheel, gear boxes, manual

and automatic - overdrives - propeller clutches, drive shafts, universal joints, drive axles.

Automotive chassis: Vehicle construction, chassis, frame and body, construction, operation,

performance, steering system, wheel alignment, brakes, wheels and tyres.

Section C

Maintenance and Trouble Shooting: Automobile performance, drivability, emissions and

emission norms, noise and vibration, engine tuning, equipment for measuring various vehicle

parameters such as BHP, A/F ratio, noise, vibration and emission, comfort and safety.

Newer Fuels: Use of natural gas, LPG, hydrogen, bio- diesel in automobiles as fuels, electric

and hybrid vehicles, fuel cells. Other recent advances in automobiles and automotive

components.

Page 153: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 153 of 179

Books Recommended:

1. Crouse – Anglin, “Automotive Mechanics”, McGraw Hill, 10th Edition, Singapore.

2. Pulkrabek Willard W., “Engineering Fundamental of the Internal Combustion Engine”,

Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2002.

3. Bosch, “Automotive Handbook”, SAE Publication.

4. Denton Tom, “Automobile Electrical and Electronics Systems”, Butterwoth,

Heinemann, 2003.

5. Layne Ken, “Automotive Engine Performance: Tune up, Testing and Service”,

Englewood Prentice Hall of India, 1996.

Page 154: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 154 of 179

List of Open Elective Courses

IPOE-421 Industrial Engineering [3 0 0 3]

Course Objective(s)

This course covers selected topics in the vast field of Industrial Engineering which is primarily

concerned with the design and continuous improvement of systems by effectively integrating

people, processes and technology. Quality and productivity improvement are critical issues.

Course Outcomes

CO1: Students shall be able to apply selected industrial engineering techniques for enhancing

productivity in an organization.

CO2: Students shall be able to carry out work system design using principles of motion

economy & ergonomics.

CO3: Students shall be able to understand projects& improve the performance of routine

activities by application of appropriate industrial engineering tools.

CO4: Students shall be able to determine functions of a product/service & apply Value

Engineering in real life problems.

CO5: The students will be able to understand the inventory levels, understand planning &

design of Facilities at various levels.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Section A

Introduction: Introduction, Definition and objectives of Industrial Engineering, Scope of

Industrial Engineering, Production systems and their classifications; Productivity-Total and

partial productivity, Reasons and remedy for poor productivity.

Work System Design: Definition, objectives, step-by-step procedure, charts and diagrams for

recording data. principles of motion economy. Various techniques of work-measurement, work

sampling, time study & its procedure. Rating, methods of rating, allowances and their types,

standard time, numerical problems. Introduction to Ergonomics, man-machine system and its

components.

Facilities planning and design: Plant layout, material handling and their interrelationship,

objectives of a good plant layout, principles of a good layout, classical types of layouts.

Value engineering: Value analysis, methodology of value engineering.

Section B

Quality Control: Process control and product control, difference between SQC and SPC,

chance and assignable causes of quality variation, Shewhart control charts. 100% inspection, no

inspection and sampling inspection. Application of hyper geometric, binomial & Poisson

distributions in acceptance inspection.

Inventory Management: Introduction, materials productivity and role of materials

management techniques in improved materials productivity, Wilson’s lot size model, inventory

costs, hidden costs, composition of costs, estimation of inventory related costs, lead time, stock

out point, number of time periods, calculating Economic Order Quantity (EOQ), sensitivity

analysis of EOQ model.

Page 155: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 155 of 179

Section C

Project Management: Gantt chart, milestone char. Network scheduling terminology. Path

enumeration, Activity on node & activity on arc network precedence diagrams.

Reliability: Concept of reliability, objectives, applications, area of use, use of reliability in

industry.

TEXT BOOK(S)

1. R Panneer Selvan, “Production and Operation Management”, Prentice Hall India, New

Delhi (2002).

2. Krajewski L J and Ritzman L P, “Operations Management”, Pearson Education Asia,

Sixth Edition (2004)

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Buffa, “Modern Production/operations Management”, Wiley Eastern, New York

(1999).

2. Muhlemann Alan, Oakland John and Lockyer Keith, “Production and Operations

Management”, Macmillan India Publications Ltd. (2001)

3. Adam and Ebert “Production and Operation Management” Pearson Education Asia,

Fifth Edition (2003)

ONLINE RESOURSES

1. Industrial Engineering, NPTEL course by Prof. Pradip Kumar et al., Department of

Mechanical & Industrial Engineering, Indian Institute of Technology (IIT), Roorkee,

https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112107143/36

2. Project and Production Management, NPTEL course by Prof. Arun Kanda, Department

of Mechanical Engineering, Indian Institute of Technology, Delhi,

https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112102106/

Page 156: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 156 of 179

IPOE-422 Operations Research [3 0 0 3]

Course Objective

The course aims at building capabilities in the students for analyzing different situations in the

industrial/ business scenario involving limited resources and finding the optimal solution within

constraints.

Course Outcomes

After completing the course students will be able to

CO 1: Analyze any real life system with limited constraints and depict it in a model form.

CO 2: Convert the problem into a mathematical model.

CO 3: Solve the mathematical model manually as well as using soft resources/software such as

solver, TORA etc.

CO 4: Understand variety of problems such as assignment, transportation, travelling salesman,

sequencing etc.

CO 5: Solve the problems mentioned in point 4 using linear programming approach using

software.

CO 6: Understand different queuing situations and find the optimal solutions using models for

different situations.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Section A

Nature and development of Operations Research: some mathematical preliminaries, OR and

managerial decision making, OR applications in industrial and non-industrial fields.

Linear Optimization Models: formulation of linear programming problem, graphical solution,

sensitivity analysis in graphical solution, comparison of graphical and simplex algorithm,

simplex algorithm, computational procedure in simplex, penalty method, two phase method,

degeneracy, duality and its concept, application of LP model to product mix and production

scheduling problems.

Section B

The transportation model: solution methods, balanced and unbalanced problems, Vogel’s

approximation method, degeneracy in transportation problems. Assignment problem, methods

for solving assignment problems. The traveling salesman problem. Numericals on

transportation, assignment and traveling salesman method. Computer algorithms for solution to

LP problems.

Dynamic programming problems: model formulation, computational procedures, solution in

different stages. Decision making under conditions of risk, assumed certainty.

Section C

Waiting line models: queuing systems and concepts, various types of queuing situations,

single server queues with poison arrivals and exponential service times, finite queue length

model, industrial applications of queuing theory. Simulation: advantages and limitations of the

simulation technique: generation of random numbers, Monte-Carlo simulation, computer-aided

simulation, applications in maintenance and inventory management.

Page 157: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 157 of 179

Books Recommended:

1. Taha,H A, “Operations Research - An Introduction”, Sixth Edition, Prentice Hall of

India Private Limited, N. Delhi, 2004.

2. Hillier, F S, “Operations Research”, First Indian Edition, CBS Publishers &

Distributors, Delhi, 1994.

3. Mustafi C K, “Operations Research”, Third Edition, New Age International Pvt. Ltd.,

New Delhi, 1996.

4. Gupta P K, & Hira D.S., “Operations Research”, Third Edition, S Chand & Company

Ltd., New Delhi, 2005.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Wagner H M, “Principles of Operations Research”, Second Edition, Prentice Hall of

India Private Limited, New Delhi, 2003.

ONLINE RESOURSES

1. Introduction to Operations Research, NPTEL course, Prof. G. Srinivasan Department of

Management Studies IIT Madras, http://nptel.ac.in/courses/110106062

2. Advanced Operations Research, NPTEL course Prof. G. Srinivasan Department of

Management Studies IIT Madras, https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112106131/1

Page 158: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 158 of 179

IPOE-423 Materials Management [3 0 0 3]

Course Objective(s)

To train the students for working as materials managers by providing them knowledge about

effective and efficient purchase, different inventory policies and models, effective and efficient

stores management, modern techniques like JIT and MRP.

Course Outcomes

CO1: Develop an ability to perform the role of a materials manager in an organization.

CO2: Shall be able to manage the activities of materials manager like purchasing, inventory

analysis, storage etc.in a scientific manner.

CO3: Shall be able to improve due date performance through use of MRP techniques with in

capacity constraints.

CO4: Shall be able to analyze the inventory situation of a company and suggest improvements.

CO5: Shall be able to practice material planning through modern materials management tools

like JIT, DBR etc.

CO6: To lead the teams for effective decision making and coordinate to effect purchase at

minimum cost.

CO7: Understand ethical issues in purchasing and negotiations.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Section A

Integrated approach to materials management: Introduction, materials productivity and role of

materials management techniques in improved materials productivity. Cost reduction and value

improvement, value analysis for right choice and rationalization of materials.

Purchasing function: Objectives, purchase requisitions, types of specification, centralized

versus decentralized purchasing, timing of purchases. Purchasing research, identification of

right sources of supplies. Make or buy decisions, vender selection and vender rating.

Negotiations, purchase price analysis and price determination. Purchasing organization,

procedures, forms, records and reports. Purchasing as a dynamic profession, transition to

supply management, reverse auctioning.

Inventory management: Inventory concepts, reasons for holding inventory, types of inventory,

inventory reduction tactics. Inventory turnover ratio. Selective Inventory management: ABC,

VED, and FSN analysis etc., identifying critical items with selective inventory management.

Section B

Operating policies: continuous review system, periodic review system, comparative advantages

and disadvantages of continuous and periodic review systems, hybrid systems. Inventory

management across the organization.

Optimizing Inventory: Assumptions for Wilson’s lot size model, inventory costs, hidden costs,

composition of costs, estimation of inventory related costs, lead time, stock out point, number

of time periods, calculating Economic Order Quantity (EOQ), sensitivity analysis of EOQ

model.

Special inventory models: Finite replenishment rate model, lot size models with planned

backlogging, generalized model with uniform replenishment rate, inventory model with lost

sales, quantity discount model, one period decisions. Determination of safety stock, service

level and uncertainty in demand. Information systems for inventory management.

Page 159: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 159 of 179

Section C

Stores management: Introduction, stores functions, stores organization, stores systems and

procedures, stores accounting and verification systems, stores address systems, stores location

and layout, store equipment.

Materials Requirement Planning: Independent vs Dependent demend, Ordering &

Manufacturing lead times, inputs to MRP, MRP processing, MRP record, basic MRP logic.

Lot sizing rules, Lot for lot ordering policy, MRP output reports, benefits of MRP, safety stock

in MRP, evolution of MRP. Discussion management techniques like JIT, SMED.

TEXT BOOK(S)

1. Arnold and Chapman “Introduction to Materials Management”, Pearson Education

Asia.

2. Dobler Donald W., Burt David N., “Purchasing and Supply Management”, Tata

McGraw Hill.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Narsimhan, Mcleavey & Billington, “Production Planning & Inventory Control”,

Prentice Hall of India.

2. Menon K S, “Purchasing and Inventory Control”, Wheeler Publishing New Delhi.

3. Krajewski L J and Ritzman L P, “Operations Management”, Pearson Education Asia.

ONLINE RESOURSES

1. Industrial Engineering, NPTEL course by Prof. Pradip Kumar et al., Department of

Mechanical & Industrial Engineering, Indian Institute of Technology (IIT), Roorkee,

https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112107143/36

2. Project and Production Management, NPTEL course by Prof. Arun Kanda, Department

of Mechanical Engineering, Indian Institute of Technology, Delhi,

https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112102106/

Page 160: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 160 of 179

IPOE-424 Project Management [3 0 0 3]

Course Objectives

With increasing technological and scientific advances, the efficient and effective planning and

implementation of major projects is becoming increasingly complex and critical. This course is

aimed at providing both basic and some advanced exposure to enable the manager of tomorrow

to successfully complete sophisticated projects within the constraints of capital, time, and other

resources.

Course Outcomes

CO 1: To develop an ability to apply the concepts of project, life cycle, and systems approach.

CO 2: To develop competency in project scoping, work definition, and work breakdown

structure (WBS).

CO 3: To handle the complex tasks of time estimation and project scheduling, including PERT

and CPM and tool like MS Project.

CO 4: To exhibit competencies in project costing, budgeting, and financial appraisal in real life

problems.

CO 5: Shall be able to exercise project control and management through various tools of cost

and schedule variance analysis.

CO 6: Shall be able to demonstrate leadership qualities required for effective governance of

projects.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Section A

Introduction: Concept & definition of a project, categories of projects, project life cycle

phases, project visibility, roles & responsibilities of project manager. Drivers of PM, Measures

of Success of a project, Generation & screening of project ideas, selection of a project, project

rating index, financial aspects, project cash flows, social cost-benefit analysis.

Project Planning: The statement of work, project specifications, works breakdown structure.

Contract planning, Organization planning, project vs. non-project organization, matrix form of

organization. Selection of personnel. Controlling, directing, coordination and delegation.

Section B

Project Scheduling: Gantt chart, milestone chart. Network scheduling terminology. Path

enumeration, Activity on node & activity on arc network precedence diagrams: dummy

activities, topological ordering, redundancy, and cycles. Isolating critical path: multiple critical

paths. Determination of float: total float, safety float, free float, and independent float. The

CPM model.

The PERT Model: event orientation, uncertainty, the PERT assumptions, expected times for

activities, variability of activity times, expected length of critical path, due date probability.

Invoking central limit theorem. Time-cost trade-off and generation of the project cost curve in

deterministic networks. Computerized project management. Other network-based techniques –

minimal spanning tree technique, shortest route technique.

Section C

Time and cost considerations: cost versus time, straight-line approximation of variation of

cost with reduction in time for activities, direct and indirect costs. Contracting the network:

Page 161: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 161 of 179

fixed project duration and corresponding total cost, optimum project duration and minimum

project cost, project cost curve.

Controlling projects: cumulative costs for early and late start schedules range of feasible

budgets, graphic display of cost and time data, time and cost overrun or under run in projects,

Cost Performance Index and Schedule Performance Index.

Limited resources scheduling: the complexity of the project scheduling with limited

resources, heuristic programs, resource leveling and resource allocation in project scheduling.

Information requirements for projects, project management software based application.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Kerzner Harold, “Project Management - A Systems Approach to Planning, Scheduling

and Controlling”, CBS Publishers Delhi, Second edition (2002).

2. Weist Jerome D and Ferdinand K. Levy, “A Management Guide to PERT/CPM with

GERT/PDM/DCPM and other networks”, Prentice-Hall of India New Delhi, Second

edition (2003)

3. Parsanna Chandra, “Project Planning, Analysis, Selection, Implementation and

Review”, Tata Mcgraw Hill, Fourth Edition (2002)

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Srinath L.S., “PERT & CPM Principles and Applications”, Affiliated East- West Press

Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, Third Edition (1993)

2. Ghattas R G and Sandra L Mckee, “Practical Project Management” Pearson Education

Asia, First edition (2004).

3. Meredith and Mantel, Project Management, 2001.

4. PMI, A guide to Project Management body of knowledge, 2000.

Page 162: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 162 of 179

IPOE-425 Total Quality Management [3 0 0 3]

Course Objectives

The overall aim is for students to develop an understanding of total quality management

principles, frameworks, tools and techniques for effective real life applications in both

manufacturing and services.

Course Outcomes

After completing the course, students will be able to

CO 1: Students shall be able to apply the concept of quality, total quality management &

determine the impact of quality on profitability.

CO 2: Students shall be able to formulate Taguchi’s Loss function; analyse & focus on

customer requirements using Kano’s model.

CO 3: Students shall be able to measure the cost of poor quality, process effectiveness and

efficiency to track performance quality, identify areas for improvement & carry out

improvements.

CO 4: Students shall be able to determine the voice of the customer & translate this voice into

technical requirements for products/ services and make an assessment of the impact of quality

on long-term business success of an organization.

CO 5: Students shall be able to apply techniques like QC tools, six sigma and other quality

techniques for investigating and analyzing quality related issues in the industry and suggest

implementable solutions.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Introduction - Need for quality - Evolution of quality - Definition of quality - Dimensions of

product and service quality - Basic concepts of TQM – TQM Framework - Contributions of

Quality Gurus – Barriers to TQM – Cost of Quality.

TQM Principles: Quality statements - Customer focus –Customer orientation, Customer

satisfaction, Customer complaints, Customer retention - Continuous process improvement –

PDCA cycle, 5s, Kaizen - Supplier partnership – Partnering, Supplier selection, Supplier

Rating.

TQM Tools & Techniques I: The seven traditional tools of quality – New management tools –

Six-sigma: Concepts, methodology, applications to manufacturing, service sector including IT

– Bench marking – Reason to bench mark, Bench marking process – FMEA – Stages, Types.

TQM Tools & Techniques II: Quality circles – Quality Function Deployment (QFD) – Taguchi

quality loss function – TPM –

Concepts, improvement needs – Performance measures - BPR.

Quality Systems : Need for ISO 9000- ISO 9000-2000 Quality System – Elements,

Documentation, Quality auditing- QS 9000 – ISO 14000 – Concepts, Requirements and

Benefits –Quality Council – Leadership, Employee involvement – Motivation, Empowerment,

Team and Teamwork, Recognition and Reward.

Kano’s Model: Requirements Categories, Categorizing the Requirements, Prioritizing the

Requirements, Product Assessment, Setting up targets.

Quality Audit: process audit & product audit, internal audit, second party, third party audit, pre-

assessment, compliance audit. Procedure of auditing: Audit planning, audit execution, audit

Page 163: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 163 of 179

reporting, close out of corrective action. Minor & major non-conformities.

TEXT BOOK(S)

1. Dale H.Besterfiled, et al., “Total Quality Management”, Pearson Education Asia, Third

Edition, Indian Reprint, 2006.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. James R. Evans and William M. Lindsay, “The Management and Control of Quality”,

(6th Edition), South-Western (Thomson Learning), 2005.

2. Oakland, J.S. “TQM – Text with Cases”, Butterworth – Heinemann Ltd., Oxford, Third

Edition, 2003.

3. Suganthi,L and Anand Samuel, “Total Quality Management”, Prentice Hall (India) Pvt.

Ltd., 2006.

4. Janakiraman,B and Gopal, R.K, “Total Quality Management – Text and Cases”,Prentice

Hall (India) Pvt. Ltd., 2006.

ONLINE RESOURSES

1. Six Sigma, NPTEL course, Prof. Tapan P Bagchi, Department of Industrial and Systems

Engineering, Indian Institute of Technology (IIT), Kharagpur, http://nptel.ac.in/courses/110105039/

2. Total Quality Management - I, NPTEL course, Prof. Raghu Nandan Sengupta,

Department Industrial & Management Engineering , Indian Institute of Technology

(IIT), Kanpur, https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc17_mg18/preview

3. http://asq.org/learn-about-quality/

Page 164: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 164 of 179

IPOE-426 Supply Chain Management [3 0 0 3]

Course Objectives

The objective of the course is to provide the student the knowledge of strategic importance of

good supply chain design, planning, and operation for every firm. How good supply chain

management can be a competitive advantage, what weaknesses in the supply chain can hurt the

performance of a firm. The role of e-businesses in supply chain management. Various key

Drivers of supply chain performance and how these drivers can be used in practical level.

Knowledge of various distribution networks and their applications.

Course Outcomes

CO1. Students will be able to apply the knowledge of Linear Programming to find optimal

solutions of Supply Chain & Logistics related problems.

CO2.Students will be able to Interpret and apply the concepts of logistics and supply chain

management in improving other functional areas of business organizations.

CO3. Students will be able to understand different types of distribution networks and design a

network for meeting a particular strategy of an organization

CO4. Students will have sufficient knowledge to develop models and solve problems by using

tools such as Solver, Lingo Etc. and develop interest for research & higher education.

CO5. Students will be able to improve the performance of existing Supply Chains by

developing a better decision support system

CO6. Students will be able to save resources for the organizations & make Supply Chains

environmental friendly

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Section A

Understanding Supply Chain: Objectives of supply chain, stages of supply chain, supply

chain process cycles, customer order cycle, replenishment cycle, manufacturing cycle,

procurement cycle, push/pull view of supply chain processes, importance of supply chain

flows, examples of supply chain.

Supply Chain Performance: supply chain strategies, achieving strategic fit, product life cycle,

the minimize local cost view, the minimize functional cost view, the maximize company profit

view, the maximize supply chain surplus view.

Supply Chain Drivers and Obstacles: Four drivers of supply chain – inventory,

transportation, facilities, andinformation, a framework for structuring drivers, role of each

driver in supply chain, obstacles to achieve strategic fit.

Information Technology in Supply chain: Enabling supply chain through IT, ERP vendor

plateform, service oriented architecture (SOA), RFID.

Section B

Network Design: Factors influencing distribution in network design, distribution networks in

practice, framework for network design decisions, models for facility location and capacity

allocation, making network design decisions in practice.

Global Supply Chain Networks: Risk management in global supply chians, Impact of

uncertainty on global network design,Evaluation of global supply chain design decision under

uncertaintity, discounted cash flow analysis, representation of uncertainty, evaluating networks

using decision trees, illustration through practical examples.

Page 165: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 165 of 179

Demand Forecasting: Role of forecasting in supply chain, Time series forecasting methods,

Measures of forecast errors.

Aggregate Planning in Supply Chains: Role of aggregate planning in a supply chain,

aggregate planning strategies, aggregate planning using linear programming and problem

solving using solver, practical problems concerning aggregate planning.

Managing Economies of Scale in a Supply Chain: Role of cycle inventory in a supply chain,

various costs associated with inventory management, deterministics models and discounts,

probablistics inventory managemenet.

Section C

Transportation in a Supply Chain: Facilities affecting transportation decisions, modes of

transportation and their performance characteristics, design options for a transport network,

trade-offs in transportation decision, tailored transportation, routing and scheduling in

transportation, making transportation decisions in practice.

Optimum Level of Product Availability: Importance of the level of product avaliability,

factor affecting optimal level of product avaliability, managerial levers to improve the supply

chain profitability.

Sourcing Decisions in Supply Chains: Role of sourcing in supply chains, supplier assessment,

design collaboration, sourcing planning and analysis, market sourcing decisions in practice.

Coordination in a Supply Chain: Lack of supply chain coordination and the Bullwhip effect,

effect of lack of coordination on performance, obstacles to coordination, managerial levers to

achieve coordination, achieving coordination in practice.

Books Recommended:

1. Chopra Sunil, Meindl Peter, “Supply Chain Management – Strategy, planning and

Operation’s”, Pearson Education, Asia (2007).

2. Christopher Martin, “Logistics and Supply Chain Management”, Pearson Education

Asia, (2004).

3. Kapoor K K, Kansal Purva, “Marketing logistics: A Supply Chain Approach”, Pearson

Education Asia (2003).

4. Benjamin S Blanchard, Logistics Engineering and Management, Pearson Education,

Asia (2005)

5. Buffa, “Modern Production/Operations Management”, Wiley Eastern Ltd. (2000).

6. Levi D. S., Kaminsky P. and Levi E. S., “Designing and Managing the Supply Chain:

Concepts, Strategies, and Case Studies”, McGraw Hill Inc. New York, 2000

ONLINE RESOURSES

www.nptel.ac.in/courses/112107143

Page 166: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 166 of 179

IPOE-427 Facility Planning and Design [3 0 0 3]

Course Objective(s)

The main objective of this course is to enable the students to be trained in facilities design

related problems, especially in manufacturing systems, studying about strategies of material

handling & related equipment, and selection of site locations. It also aims to explore the layout

planning by computer applications using different algorithms.

Course Outcomes

CO 1: The students will be able to select appropriate location for establishing industrial plants

by applying the concepts of location selection.

CO 2: The students will be able to plan and design plant and production layouts through basic

strategies and with computer applications.

CO 3: The students will be able to identify and analyse the problems in the existing layout/

material handling system and shall be able to the optimize the layout/ material handling system

CO 4: The students will be able to develop algorithms for planning new layouts for typical

applications in the industries and suggest appropriate material handling strategies in the

industries.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Section A

Introduction: Introduction to facilities planning and design, plant layout, material handling

and their interrelationship.

Site Location: Importance of location, hierarchy of location problems, factors affecting site

location; factors in heavy manufacturing location, light industry location, warehouse location,

retail location. Various theories/models of site location like bid rent curves, Weber’s

isodapanes, Weber’s classification of industries, Hoover’s tapered transport rates,

agglomeration, factor rating method, single facility location, load-distance model, break-even

analysis, transportation method. New plant location and shut down under dynamic conditions.

Section B

Plant Layout: Objectives of a good plant layout, principles of a good layout, classical types of

layouts like product layout, process layout, fixed-position layouts, cellular layouts and hybrid

layouts. Factors affecting plant layout: man, material, machine, movement, waiting, service,

building and change, features and considerations of each factor. P - Q chart, systematic layout

planning, relationship (REL) chart, traditional layout configuration, production space

requirements, manual CORELAP algorithm and examples, preparing process layouts and the

considerations thereon.

Product Layouts: basic features of mass manufacturing, advantages & disadvantages of flow-

line production, product-oriented layout – assumptions & types, assembly line layout, assembly

line balancing. Design of an assembly line, layout heuristics for assigning tasks in assembly

line balancing, assembly line balancing equations.

Page 167: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 167 of 179

Section C

Computerized Layout: Evaluation of layout, computerized layout, flowcharts of various

techniques like CRAFT, ALDEP and CORELAP.

Material Handling: Concept of material handling, principles of material handling, factors

affecting material handling, objectives, relationship between layout and Material

Handling, material handling equation.

Material Handling Equipments: Selection of material handling systems and equipments:

Automated Guided Vehicles, types, features, usage. Conveyors: basic functionality

requirements, types of Conveyors, application considerations, operational considerations.

Cranes, hoists and industrial trucks.

TEXT BOOK(S)

1. Francis, McGinnis and White, “Facilities Layout & Location –an analytical approach”

Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd. 2001

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. James Apple, “Plant Layout & Material Handling”, The Ronalt Press Co., New Delhi,

1998.

2. Richards Muther, “Practical Plant Layout”, McGraw Hill Book Co., New York, 1982.

3. Ronald H Ballou, “Business Logistics”, Pearson Education, Inc. New Delhi, 2004.

4. Tompkins J A & J A White, “Facilities Planning”, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. New York,

1984

ONLINE RESOURSES

1. Industrial Engineering, NPTEL course by Prof. Pradip Kumar et al., Department of

Mechanical & Industrial Engineering, Indian Institute of Technology (IIT), Roorkee,

https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112107143/36

2. Project and Production Management, NPTEL course by Prof. Arun Kanda, Department

of Mechanical Engineering, Indian Institute of Technology, Delhi,

https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112102106/

Page 168: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 168 of 179

List of Minor Elective Courses

IPMI- 201 Production Planning and Control [3 0 0 3]

Course Objective

The objective of the course is to enable the students to study basic strategies of production

planning and its controlling methods. It also includes resource planning, shop floor planning

Course Outcomes

After completing the course students will be able to

CO1: Forecast the appropriate requirement of resources for various production processes and

other shop floor activities.

CO2: Design an appropriate strategy for resource planning through appropriate MRP tool

CO3: Improve the productivity of shop floor through design of appropriate production systems

such as mass production, batch production etc within existing conditions.

CO4: Apply scientific tools such as MRP, JIT optimizing production systems.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Introduction: Manufacturing function; Elements of production systems; Types of production

systems, objectives and functions of production planning and control, concept of production

and productivity.

Product Design: Identification of product ideas and selection, product development and

design; Product analysis: Marketing aspects, product characteristics, economic analysis,

profitability and competitiveness, production aspects.

Process Design: Systems approach to process planning and design, linkage, distinction

between process planning and facilities planning, types of process design, product mix, process

planning aids.

Forecasting: Concepts and applications, demand forecasting, principle of forecasting;

Forecasting techniques: Quantitative and qualitative

Aggregate Planning: Concept, strategies for aggregate planning: three pure planning

strategies, master production scheduling (MPS), and procedure for developing MPS.

Capacity Planning and Facility Design: Importance of Capacity and Location decisions,

Measuring Capacity, Capacity Strategy, Capacity Planning and Evaluation Methods. Facility

location factors, evaluation of alternatives, Types of plant layout, evaluation, Computer aided

layout, Assembly line balancing

Shop floor planning and control: Phases in production planning and control, operations

planning and scheduling, scheduling techniques for job shop, stages in scheduling, load charts,

Sequencing concept- job machine problems

Lean Production System: Kanban and Pull system, Implementation of JIT Production

Resource Requirements Planning: MRP-I, MRP-II, MRP Computational procedure, issues in

MRP, evaluation of MRP, Introduction to ERP.

Inventory: functions, costs, classifications, deterministic and probabilistic inventory models,

quantity discount; perpetual and periodic inventory control systems.

Page 169: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 169 of 179

TEXT BOOKS

1. Buffa, E.S., and Sarin, R.K., “Modern Production / Operations Management”, John

Wiley & Sons,1994

2. Mukhopadhyaya, S.K., “Production Planning and Control – Text and Cases”, Prentice-

Hall of India,2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Adam, Jr., E.E., and Ebert, R.J., “Production and Operations Management: Concept,

Models and Behaviour”, 5th Ed., Prentice-Hall of India, 2001

2. Vollman, T.E., Berry, W.L., and Whybark, D.C., “Manufacturing Planning and Control

Systems” 4th Ed., McGraw-Hill,1997

3. Sipper, D., and Buffin, R.L., “Production: Planning, Control and Integration”, McGraw-

Hill, 1997

ONLINE RESOURSES

www.nptel.ac.in/courses/112107143/

Page 170: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 170 of 179

IPMI-202 Operations Research [3 0 0 3]

Course Objective

The course aims at building capabilities in the students for analyzing different situations in the

industrial/ business scenario involving limited resources and finding the optimal solution within

constraints.

Course Outcomes

After completing the course students will be able to

CO 1: Analyze any real life system with limited constraints and depict it in a model form.

CO 2: Convert the problem into a mathematical model.

CO 3: Solve the mathematical model manually as well as using soft resources/software such as

solver, TORA etc.

CO 4: Understand variety of problems such as assignment, transportation, travelling salesman,

sequencing etc.

CO 5: Solve the problems mentioned in point 4 using linear programming approach using

software.

CO 6: Understand different queuing situations and find the optimal solutions using models for

different situations.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Section A

Nature and development of Operations Research: some mathematical preliminaries, OR and

managerial decisionmaking, OR applications in industrial and non-industrial fields.

Linear Optimization Models: formulation of linear programming problem, graphical solution,

sensitivity analysis ingraphical solution, comparison of graphical and simplex algorithm,

simplex algorithm, computational procedure in simplex, penalty method, two phase method,

degeneracy, duality and its concept, application of LP model to product mix and production

scheduling problems.

Section B

The transportation model: solution methods, balanced and unbalanced problems, Vogel’s

approximation method,degeneracy in transportation problems. Assignment problem, methods

for solving assignment problems. The traveling salesman problem. Numericals on

transportation, assignment and traveling salesman method. Computer algorithms for solution to

LP problems.

Dynamic programming problems: model formulation, computational procedures, solution

in different stages.

Game theory

Use terminology, Rules for Game theory , Saddle point, Mixed Strategies (2X2 Games), Mixed

Strategies (2Xn Games or mX2 Games),Mixed Strategies (3X3 Games)

Page 171: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 171 of 179

Section C

Waiting line models: queuing systems and concepts, various types of queuing situations,

single server queues withpoison arrivals and exponential service times, finite queue length

model, industrial applications of queuing theory.

Sequencing models

Sequencing Problems, Processing n jobs through two Machines, Processing n jobs through

three Machines, Processing two jobs through n Machines, Processing n jobs through m

Machines,

TEXT BOOKS

1. Taha,H A, “Operations Research - An Introduction”, Sixth Edition, Prentice Hall of

India Private Limited,N. Delhi, 2004.

2. Hillier, F S, “Operations Research”, First Indian Edition, CBS Publishers &

Distributors, Delhi, 1994.

3. Mustafi C K, “Operations Research”, Third Edition, New Age International Pvt. Ltd.,

New Delhi, 1996.

4. Gupta P K, & Hira D.S., “Operations Research”, Third Edition, S Chand & Company

Ltd., New Delhi, 2005.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Wagner H M, “Principles of Operations Research”, Second Edition, Prentice Hall of

India Private Limited, New Delhi, 2003.

ONLINE RESOURSES

1. Introduction to Operations Research, NPTEL course, Prof. G. Srinivasan Department of

Management Studies IIT Madras, http://nptel.ac.in/courses/110106062

2. Advanced Operations Research, NPTEL course Prof. G. Srinivasan Department of

Management Studies IIT Madras, https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112106131/1

Page 172: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 172 of 179

IPMI-301 Work Study and Ergonomics [3 0 0 3]

Course Objectives

To provide basic understanding to the students about the concept and significance of work

study and ergonomics.

1. To impart thorough knowledge to the students about various techniques of work-study for

improving the productivity of an organization.

2. To inculcate the skill among the students for analyzing and improving existing methods of

working on the shop floor of an organization.

3. To impart through knowledge and skills to students with respect to allowances, rating,

calculation of basic and standard time for manual operations in an organization.

4. To provide the knowledge to the students about various wages and incentives schemes.

To inculcate analysing skills among the students with respect to work place design, working

postures and lifting tasks.

Course Outcomes

CO 1: Students will be able to calculate the basic work content of a specific job for employees

of an organization. Thereby they will be able to calculate the production capacity of man power

of an organization.

CO 2: Students will be able to analyze and calculate the level of risk in a job causing stress,

fatigue and musculoskeletal disorders and design appropriate work systems.

CO 3: Students will be able to rate a worker engaged on a live job and calculate basic, allowed

and standard time for the same.

CO 4: Students will be able to analyze the existing methods of working for a particular job and

develop an improved method through questioning technique.

CO 5: Students will be able to provide appropriate allowances for the jobs under analysis.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Work Study: Historical background; Work study definition; Role of work study in improving

productivity; Work Content, Human Factors consideration in Work study. Work study

procedure: selection of jobs; Information collection and recording; Recording techniques -

charts and diagrams; critical analysis; developing better method; installation and follow up of

standard method.

Motion Study/Method Study: Definition, objectives, step-by-step procedure , Recording

techniques for method study, Memomotion and micro motion study; therbligs; cyclograph and

chronocyclegraph; simochart; Principles of motion economy; Design of work place layout.

Workmeasurement: Definition; Components of Work measurement, Procedure; tools,

Performance rating; Concept of normal time; allowances. Work sampling technique of work

measurement. Introduction to pre -determined motion time system.

Incentive: Definition, objectives of an incentive plan, various types of incentive plans.

Ergonomics: Introduction, defination, objectives and scope, man-machine system and its

components. Introduction to musculoskeltal system, Respiratory and Circulatory system,

metabolism, measure of physiological functions- workload and energy consumption,

Introduction to biomechanics, types of movements of body members, Design of lifting tasks

using NIOSH lifting equation, Distal upper extremities risk factors, risk assessment tooks;

Strain Index, RULA, REBA. Introduction to anthropometry; work table and seat designing.

Design of Visual displays and controls. Occupational exposure to; noise, whole body

Page 173: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 173 of 179

Vibrations, heat stress and dust. Effect of vibration/ noise, temperature, illumination and dust

on human health and performance.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Barnes Ralph M., “Motion & Time study: Design and Measurement of Work”, Wiley

Text Books, 2001.

2. Marvin E, Mundel & David L, “Motion & Time Study: Improving Productivity”,

Pearson Education, 2000.

3. Benjamin E Niebel and Freivalds Andris, “Methods Standards & Work Design”, Mc

Graw Hill, 1997.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. International Labour organization, “Work-study”, Oxford and IBH publishing company

Pvt. Ltd., N.Delhi, 2001.

2. Sanders Mark S and McCormick Ernert J, “Human Factors in Engineering and Design”,

McGraw-Hill Inc., 1993.

3. Lakhwinder.P.S, ”Work Study and Ergonomics”, Cambridge University Press, 2016

4. KjellZandin, Maynard's Industrial Engineering Handbook, Fifth Edition, McGraw Hill,

2001.

ONLINE RESOURSES

www.digimat.in/nptel/courses/video/112107143/L40.html

Page 174: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 174 of 179

IPMI-302 Quality Management [3 0 0 3]

Course Objectives

This course will present the theory and methods of quality monitoring including process

capability, control charts, acceptance sampling etc. to give the participants the necessary tools

for the development of efficient statistical methods for the assurance of quality in

manufacturing & service environments. It is of major concern that the participants learn to

assess the efficiency of various methods under consideration in relation to the specific areas of

application. Also aim is for students to develop an understanding of some of the TQM tools and

techniques for effective real life applications in both manufacturing and services.

Course Outcomes

After completing the course, students will be able to

CO 1: To develop an ability to apply the basic concepts of quality monitoring.

CO 2: Formulate an adequate statistical control problem for a production or similar process

&use alternative statistical methods for solving the process control problem

CO 3: Student shall be able to demonstrate reduction in formation of defectives by comparing

alternative process control methods concretely (numerically) & in general.

CO 4: Use attribute sampling methods & assess economics of inspection for choosing an

inspection strategy (No Inspection, Sampling Inspection & 100% Inspection).

CO 5: Students shall be able to apply techniques like QC tools, six sigma and other quality

techniques for investigating and analyzing quality related issues in the industry and suggest

implementable solutions.

CO 6: Achieve savings in rupees to the companies through quality control and improvement

programmes.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Introduction: Importance of quality- evolution of quality- definitions of quality- dimensions of

quality- quality control- quality assurance.

Statistical process control - chance and assignable causes, statistical basis for control charts,

basic control charting principles, selection of control limits, Type-1 errors, Type II errors,

effect of control limits on errors, effect in inference, effect of sample size on control limits,

sample size, frequency of sampling. Theory of Runs, interpretation of plots. Control charts for

mean, range and standard deviation, control charts with variable subgroup size, individual

measurement charts- X-chart, moving average and moving range chart, multi-vari chart.

Control charts for attributes: advantages and disadvantages of attributes charts, preliminary

decisions, charts for proportion non-confirming (p-chart), construction and interpretation,

variable sample size, Charts for non-confirming items (np chart), chart for number of non-

conformities (c chart), and classification of non-conformities.

Process capability: Process stability- process capability study using control charts- capability

evaluation- Cp, Cpk and Cpm – capability analysis using histogram and normal probability

plot- machine capability study- gauge capability study.

Acceptance inspection: sampling inspection, 100% inspection, no inspection, acceptance

sampling plans for attributes and variables, producer’s risk and consumer’s risk, operating

characteristic curve, Types of sampling plans: single double, multiple and sequential sampling

plans, average outgoing quality, average total inspection, average sample number, AOQ, ATI

& ASN curves. Design of sampling plans. Economics of Acceptance Inspection. Standard

Page 175: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 175 of 179

sampling plans: Dodge Roming plans and MIL-STD 105 E.

TQM Tools & Techniques: The seven traditional tools of quality, 5S, Deming’s framework,

PDCA cycle. Six-sigma: (6σ): introduction, comparison of 3σ / 6σ yield levels, CTQ: Critical

to Quality, theme selection (activity focusing). 6σ methodology: DMAIC -Various formulae to

measure different metrics related to Six Sigma defects, yield calculations, Case Study &

Numericals.

Taguchi’s Loss Function: Definition, understanding & applications. Goal post view of Quality

vs. Taguchi’s loss- function approach. Loss functions for “Nominal the best”, “Smaller the

better” and “Larger the better” cases. Average Loss for a sample set for “Nominal the best”

case. Numericals.

ISO: 9000 Quality Audit: Need for ISO 9000, ISO 9000 - Quality System – Elements,

Documentation. Process audit & product audit, internal audit, second party, third party audit,

pre-assessment, compliance audit. Procedure of auditing: planning, execution, reporting, close

out of corrective action. Minor & major non-conformities.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Grant E L and Leavenworth R S, “Statistical Quality Control”, McGraw Hill, Sixth

Edition (2000)

2. Amitava Mitra, “Fundamentals of Quality Control and Improvement”, Pearson

Education Asia, Third Edition (2014)

3. James R. Evans and William M. Lindsay, “The Management and Control of Quality”,

(6th Edition), South-Western (Thomson Learning), 2005.

4. Dale H.Besterfiled, et al., “Total Quality Management”, Pearson Education Asia, Third

Edition, Indian Reprint, 2006.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Hansen Bertrand L and Ghare Prabhakar M, “Quality Control and Applications”

Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., First Edition (1993)

2. Zaidi A., “SPC: Concepts, Methodologies and Tools”, Prentice Hall of India, First

Edition, (2003).

3. Oakland, J.S. “TQM – Text with Cases”, Butterworth – Heinemann Ltd., Oxford, Third

Edition , 2003.

4. Suganthi,L and Anand Samuel, “Total Quality Management”, Prentice Hall (India) Pvt.

Ltd., 2006.

5. Janakiraman,B and Gopal, R.K, “Total Quality Management – Text and Cases”,Prentice

Hall (India) Pvt. Ltd., 2006.

ONLINE RESOURSES

1. http://asq.org/learn-about-quality/

2. Coursera Course, Operations Management: Strategy and Quality Management for the

Digital Age, https://www.coursera.org/learn/process-improvement

3. Quality Design and Control, NPTEL course, Prof. Pradip Kumar Ray, Department of

Industrial and Systems Engineering, Indian Institute of Technology (IIT), Kharagpur,

https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18_mg02/preview

4. Total Quality Management - I, NPTEL course, Prof. Raghu Nandan Sengupta,

Department Industrial & Management Engineering , Indian Institute of Technology

(IIT), Kanpur, https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc17_mg18/preview.

Page 176: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 176 of 179

IPMI-401 Facility Planning and Design [3 0 0 3]

Course Objective(s)

The main objective of this course is to enable the students to be trained in facilities design

related problems, especially in manufacturing systems, studying about strategies of material

handling & related equipment, and selection of site locations. It also aims to explore the layout

planning by computer applications using different algorithms.

Course Outcomes

CO 1: The students will be able to select appropriate location for establishing industrial plants

by applying the concepts of location selection.

CO 2: The students will be able to plan and design plant and production layouts through basic

strategies and with computer applications.

CO 3: The students will be able to identify and analyse the problems in the existing layout/

material handling system and shall be able to the optimize the layout/ material handling system

CO 4: The students will be able to develop algorithms for planning new layouts for typical

applications in the industries and suggest appropriate material handling strategies in the

industries.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Section A

Introduction: Introduction to facilities planning and design, plant layout, material handling

and their interrelationship.

Site Location: Importance of location, hierarchy of location problems, factors affecting site

location; factors in heavy manufacturing location, light industry location, warehouse location,

retail location. Various theories/models of site location like bid rent curves, Weber’s

isodapanes, Weber’s classification of industries, Hoover’s tapered transport rates,

agglomeration, factor rating method, single facility location, load-distance model, break-even

analysis, transportation method. New plant location and shut down under dynamic conditions.

Section B

Plant Layout: Objectives of a good plant layout, principles of a good layout, classical types of

layouts like product layout, process layout, fixed-position layouts, cellular layouts and hybrid

layouts. Factors affecting plant layout: man, material, machine, movement, waiting, service,

building and change, features and considerations of each factor. P - Q chart, systematic layout

planning, relationship (REL) chart, traditional layout configuration, production space

requirements, manual CORELAP algorithm and examples, preparing process layouts and the

considerations thereon.

Product Layouts: basic features of mass manufacturing, advantages & disadvantages of flow-

line production, product-oriented layout – assumptions & types, assembly line layout, assembly

line balancing. Design of an assembly line, layout heuristics for assigning tasks in assembly

line balancing, assembly line balancing equations.

Page 177: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 177 of 179

Section C

Computerized Layout: Evaluation of layout, computerized layout, flowcharts of various

techniques like CRAFT, ALDEP and CORELAP.

Material Handling: Concept of material handling, principles of material handling, factors

affecting material handling, objectives, relationship between layout and Material

Handling, material handling equation.

Material Handling Equipments: Selection of material handling systems and equipments:

Automated Guided Vehicles, types, features, usage. Conveyors: basic functionality

requirements, types of Conveyors, application considerations, operational considerations.

Cranes, hoists and industrial trucks.

TEXT BOOK(S)

1. Francis, McGinnis and White, “Facilities Layout & Location –an analytical approach”

Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd. 2001

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. James Apple, “Plant Layout & Material Handling”, The Ronalt Press Co., New Delhi,

1998.

2. Richards Muther, “Practical Plant Layout”, McGraw Hill Book Co., New York, 1982.

3. Ronald H Ballou, “Business Logistics”, Pearson Education, Inc. New Delhi, 2004.

4. Tompkins J A & J A White, “Facilities Planning”, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. New York,

1984

ONLINE RESOURSES

1. Industrial Engineering, NPTEL course by Prof. Pradip Kumar et al., Department of

Mechanical & Industrial Engineering, Indian Institute of Technology (IIT), Roorkee,

https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112107143/36

2. Project and Production Management, NPTEL course by Prof. Arun Kanda, Department

of Mechanical Engineering, Indian Institute of Technology, Delhi , https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112102106/

Page 178: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 178 of 179

IPMI-402 Supply Chain Management [3 0 0 3]

Course Objectives

The objective of the course is to provide the student the knowledge of strategic importance of

good supply chain design, planning, and operation for every firm. How good supply chain

management can be a competitive advantage, what weaknesses in the supply chain can hurt the

performance of a firm. The role of e-businesses in supply chain management. Various key

Drivers of supply chain performance and how these drivers can be used in practical level.

Knowledge of various distribution networks and their applications.

Course Outcomes

CO1. Students will be able to apply the knowledge of Linear Programming to find optimal

solutions of Supply Chain & Logistics related problems.

CO2.Students will be able to Interpret and apply the concepts of logistics and supply chain

management in improving other functional areas of business organizations.

CO3. Students will be able to understand different types of distribution networks and design a

network for meeting a particular strategy of an organization

CO4. Students will have sufficient knowledge to develop models and solve problems by using

tools such as Solver, Lingo Etc. and develop interest for research & higher education.

CO5. Students will be able to improve the performance of existing Supply Chains by

developing a better decision support system

CO6. Students will be able to save resources for the organizations & make Supply Chains

environmental friendly

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Section A

Understanding Supply Chain: Objectives of supply chain, stages of supply chain, supply

chain process cycles, customer order cycle, replenishment cycle, manufacturing cycle,

procurement cycle, push/pull view of supply chain processes, importance of supply chain

flows, and examples of supply chain.

Supply Chain Performance: supply chain strategies, achieving strategic fit, product life cycle,

the minimize local cost view, the minimize functional cost view, the maximize company profit

view, the maximize supply chain surplus view.sss

Supply Chain Drivers and Obstacles: Four drivers of supply chain – inventory,

transportation, facilities, and information, a framework for structuring drivers, role of each

driver in supply chain, obstacles to achieve strategic fit.

Information Technology in Supply chain: Enabling supply chain through IT, ERP vendor

platform, service oriented architecture (SOA), RFID.

Section B

Network Design: Factors influencing distribution in network design, distribution networks in

practice, framework for network design decisions, models for facility location and capacity

allocation, making network design decisions in practice.

Global Supply Chain Networks: Risk management in global supply chains, Impact of

uncertainty on global network design, Evaluation of global supply chain design decision under

uncertainty, discounted cash flow analysis, representation of uncertainty, evaluating networks

using decision trees, illustration through practical examples.

Page 179: CURRICULUM · IPPC-201 Machine Drawing & CAD [1 0 6 4] Course Objectives At the end of the course the students should understand the 2D drawings of machine ... machine components

TEACHING SCHEME FOR B. TECH “INDUSTRIAL & PRODUCTION ENGINEERING” APPROVED FROM BOARD OF STUDIES OF DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND PRODUCTION

ENGINEERING Applicable For 2018 Admissions Onwards

Page 179 of 179

Demand Forecasting: Role of forecasting in supply chain, Time series forecasting methods,

Measures of forecast errors.

Aggregate Planning in Supply Chains: Role of aggregate planning in a supply chain,

aggregate planning strategies, aggregate planning using linear programming and problem

solving using solver, practical problems concerning aggregate planning.

Managing Economies of Scale in a Supply Chain: Role of cycle inventory in a supply chain,

various costs associated with inventory management, deterministic models and discounts,

probabilistic inventory management.

Section C

Transportation in a Supply Chain: Facilities affecting transportation decisions, modes of

transportation and their performance characteristics, design options for a transport network,

trade-offs in transportation decision, tailored transportation, routing and scheduling in

transportation, making transportation decisions in practice.

Optimum Level of Product Availability: Importance of the level of product availability,

factor affecting optimal level of product availability, managerial levers to improve the supply

chain profitability.

Sourcing Decisions in Supply Chains: Role of sourcing in supply chains, supplier assessment,

design collaboration, sourcing planning and analysis, market sourcing decisions in practice.

Coordination in a Supply Chain: Lack of supply chain coordination and the Bullwhip effect,

effect of lack of coordination on performance, obstacles to coordination, managerial levers to

achieve coordination, achieving coordination in practice.

Books Recommended:

1. Chopra Sunil, Meindl Peter, “Supply Chain Management – Strategy, planning and

Operation’s”, Pearson Education, Asia (2007).

2. Christopher Martin, “Logistics and Supply Chain Management”, Pearson Education

Asia, (2004).

3. Kapoor K K, Kansal Purva, “Marketing logistics: A Supply Chain Approach”, Pearson

Education Asia (2003).

4. Benjamin S Blanchard, Logistics Engineering and Management, Pearson Education,

Asia (2005).

5. Buffa, “Modern Production/Operations Management”, Wiley Eastern Ltd. (2000).

6. Levi D. S., Kaminsky P. and Levi E. S., “Designing and Managing the Supply Chain:

Concepts, Strategies, and Case Studies”, McGraw Hill Inc. New York, 2000.

ONLINE RESOURSES

www.nptel.ac.in/courses/112107143 /